Quarterlytics / Technology / Communication Equipment / Viavi Solutions

Viavi Solutions

viav · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker viav
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Communication Equipment
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Viavi Solutions
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K 

(Mark One)
☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended July 3, 2021 
 OR
☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
to

For the transition period from

Commission File Number 000-22874 

Viavi Solutions Inc.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

94-2579683
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

7047 E Greenway Pkwy Suite 250, Scottsdale, Arizona 85254 
(Address of principal executive offices including Zip code)

(408) 404-3600 
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading Symbol(s)

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, par value of $0.001 per share

VIAV

The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒  No ☐ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐  No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the 
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. 
Yes ☒  No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 

232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).

 Yes ☒  No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth 
company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check 
one):

Large accelerated filer

☒

Accelerated filer

☐

Non-accelerated filer

☐ Smaller reporting company ☐ Emerging growth company ☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with a new or revised financial 

accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  filed  a  report  on  and  attestation  to  its  management’s  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  its  internal  control  over 

financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒

As of January 2, 2021, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting 

common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant was approximately $3.4 billion, based upon the closing sale prices of the common stock as reported on the Nasdaq 
Stock Market LLC. Shares of common stock held by executive officers and directors have been excluded from this calculation because such persons may be deemed to be 
affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

As of July 31, 2021, the Registrant had 228,472,709 shares of common stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions of the Registrant’s Notice of Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after Registrant’s fiscal 

year end of July 3, 2021 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Report.

 
 
Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER 

MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT 

AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR 

INDEPENDENCE

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SCHEDULES

ITEM 16. 10-K SUMMARY

SIGNATURES

Page

3

14

29

29

29

29

30

32

33

50

51

109

109

110

110

110

112

112

112

112

113

115

116

1

Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended July 3, 2021 (Annual Report on 
Form  10-K),  which  we  also  refer  to  as  the  Report,  which  are  not  historical  facts,  are  forward-looking  statements 
within  the  meaning  of  Section  21E  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended.  A  forward-looking 
statement  may  contain  words  such  as  “anticipate,”  “believe,”  “can,”  “can  impact,”  “could,”  “continue,”  “estimate,” 
“expect,” “intend,” “may,” “ongoing,” “plan,” “potential,” “projects,” “should,” “will,” “will continue to be,” “would,” or the 
negative thereof or other comparable terminology regarding beliefs, plans, expectations or intentions regarding the 
future. Forward-looking statements include statements, but are not limited to statements such as:

• Our expectations regarding the continuing impact of the coronavirus disease (COVID-19) pandemic on our 

business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity;

• Our  expectations  regarding  demand  for  our  products  and  services,  including  industry  trends  and 
technological advancements that may drive such demand, the role we will play in those advancements and 
our ability to benefit from such advancements;

• Our plans for growth and innovation opportunities; 

•

Financial projections and expectations, including profitability of certain business units, plans to reduce costs 
and  improve  efficiencies,  the  effects  of  seasonality  on  certain  business  units,  continued  reliance  on  key 
customers  for  a  significant  portion  of  our  revenue,  future  sources  of  revenue,  competition  and  pricing 
pressures,  the  future  impact  of  certain  accounting  pronouncements,  and  our  estimation  of  the  potential 
impact and materiality of litigation; 

• Our plans for continued development, use and protection of our intellectual property; 

• Our strategies for achieving our current business objectives, including related risks and uncertainties; 

• Our  plans  or  expectations  relating  to  investments,  execution  of  capital  allocation  and  debt  management 

strategies, acquisitions, partnerships and other strategic opportunities; 

• Our strategies for mitigating the risk of supply chain interruptions; 

• Our research and development plans and the expected impact of such plans on our financial performance; 

and 

• Our expectations related to our products, including costs associated with the development of new products, 

product yields, quality and other issues.

Management  cautions  that  forward-looking  statements  are  based  on  current  expectations  and  assumptions 
and are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those projected 
in such forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are only predictions and are subject to risks 
and uncertainties including those set forth in Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K and in other documents we file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. Moreover, neither 
we  nor  any  other  person  assumes  responsibility  for  the  accuracy  and  completeness  of  these  forward-looking 
statements.  Forward-looking  statements  are  made  only  as  of  the  date  of  this  Report  and  subsequent  facts  or 
circumstances may contradict, obviate, undermine or otherwise fail to support or substantiate such statements. We 
are under no duty to update any of the forward-looking statements after the date of this Form 10-K to conform such 
statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations.

2

Table of Contents

ITEM 1.    BUSINESS

GENERAL

Overview

PART I

Viavi Solutions Inc. (VIAVI, also referred to as the Company, we, our, and us) is a global provider of network 
test,  monitoring  and  assurance  solutions  for  communications  service  providers  (CSPs),  enterprises,  network 
equipment  manufacturers  (NEMs),  original  equipment  manufacturers  (OEMs),  government  and  avionics.  We  help 
these  customers  harness  the  power  of  instruments,  automation,  intelligence  and  virtualization  to  Command  the 
network. VIAVI is also a leader in management solutions for 3D sensing, anti-counterfeiting, consumer electronics, 
industrial, aerospace, automotive and medical applications.

To serve our markets, we operate in the following business segments:

•

•

Network Enablement (NE);

Service Enablement (SE); and

• Optical Security and Performance Products (OSP).

Corporate Information

The Company was incorporated in California in 1979 as Uniphase Corporation and reincorporated in Delaware 
in  1993.  Our  heritage  includes  several  significant  mergers  and  acquisitions  including,  among  others,  the 
combination  of  Uniphase  Corporation  and  JDS  FITEL  in  1999  (JDSU).  In  August  2015,  JDSU  completed  the 
separation  of  our  Lumentum  business  (the  Separation)  to  gain  greater  strategic  flexibility  to  address  rapidly 
changing market dynamics. At the same time, we changed our name to Viavi Solutions Inc. In January 2021, VIAVI 
relocated  headquarters  from  San  Jose,  California  to Arizona,  located  at  7047  E.  Greenway  Parkway,  Suite  250, 
Scottsdale,  Arizona  85254,  and  our 
is 
www.viavisolutions.com,  which  the  Company  recognizes  as  a  channel  of  distribution  for  disclosing  materials  and 
non-public  information  for  financial  disclosure  purposes.  We  are  subject  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), under which we file annual, quarterly and periodic reports, 
proxy statements and other information with the SEC. The SEC maintains a website, www.sec.gov, which contains 
reports,  proxy  and  information  statements,  and  other  information  regarding  issuers  that  file  electronically  with  the 
SEC.  We  also  make  available  free  of  charge,  all  of  our  SEC  filings  on  our  website  at  www.viavisolutions.com/
investors  as  soon  as  reasonably  practicable  after  they  are  electronically  filed  with  or  furnished  to  the  SEC.  The 
information  contained  on  any  of  the  websites  referenced  in  this Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  are  not  part  of  or 
incorporated by reference into this or any other report we file with, or furnish to, the SEC.

is  (408)  404-3600.  Our  website  address 

telephone  number 

Industry Trends

NE and SE

NE and SE (collectively referred to as Network and Service Enablement (NSE)).

The telecommunications (Telecom) and cable industries are experiencing a major evolution in technology that 
is likely to last for the next decade as wireless communications expand and evolve from 4G to 5G technology with 
its  promise  of  greater  bandwidth  capacity,  faster  transmission  speeds  and  lower  latency  response  time.  5G  is  a 
disruptive  technology  that  is  being  gradually  deployed  by  service  providers  using  millimeter  wave  and  sub-6  GHz 
technologies.  5G  has  broader  applications  beyond  smart  mobile  devices.  5G’s  increased  bandwidth  capacity  and 
speed, as well as lower latency, should enable numerous devices, referred to as the “Internet of Things” (IOT), to 
have greater device-to-device connectivity to enable smart homes, smart cities, smart grid, smart and autonomous 
cars, factory automation and other applications that are yet to be conceptualized.

3

Table of Contents

Wireless communications connectivity at the edge, or the “last mile” or “last hundred yards”, will bring gigahertz 
speeds and capacity to the home as well as to “all devices” and to “all connected things” (e.g. Cars, Drones, Bots, 
etc.). The 5G transition is being deployed globally and is expected to be disruptive to businesses, consumers and 
potentially create new applications and vertical industries. The adoption of 5G also requires increased bandwidth, 
high  speed,  and  low  latency  backhaul  capability  from  the  network  edge  to  the  network  core. This  requires  optical 
fiber  upgrade  or  buildout  as  legacy  copper  line  networks  are  decommissioned.  100GbE  optical  fiber  is  being 
deployed in many metropolitan networks, with the leading-edge networks installing 400GbE optical fiber. In the labs, 
800GbE fiber technology is being evaluated for the future next generation optical network. These investments will 
extend fiber connectivity beyond the office and home and permeate “fiber-to-the-everywhere.”

While  new  networks  are  deploying  5G  wireless  and  advanced  optical  fiber  technology,  existing  network 
infrastructure  that  is  not  otherwise  being  upgraded  is  still  expected  to  be  modernized  with  new  cable  and  access 
technologies. Cable service providers are investing in DOCSIS 3.1 to enhance existing cable networks with higher 
speed  connectivity  and  bandwidth  capacity.  Some  telecom  operators  with  legacy  copper  digital  subscriber  line 
(DSL)  have  chosen  to  extend  the  useful  life  of  these  legacy  networks  by  upgrading  to  Gfast  technology.  Many 
operators, however, have decided to run existing legacy networks until no longer operable and then replace them 
with  new  optical  fiber.  The  COVID-19  pandemic  resulted  in  global  work-office  shutdown  and  Work-From-Home 
policies  among  network  service  providers,  NEMs  and  their  related  suppliers.    This  in  turn  disrupted  and  delayed 
new network construction build out, general network maintenance and new technology development. 

As  consumer  communication,  service  provider  network  operations,  and  enterprise  networks  increasingly 
migrate to the cloud, hyperscale services have become significant drivers of technology innovation, including optical 
fiber up to 800GbE. 

The scale and complexity of these technology shifts are also challenging service providers to rearchitect their 

networks, becoming more automated, virtualized and optimized based on real-time intelligence.

The  convergence  of  network  technologies  requires  significant  investments  from  both  the  traditional  carriers 
(telecom  and  cable)  and  cloud  service  providers.  To  achieve  scale  and  a  profitable  return  on  investment,  these 
CSPs in recent years have consolidated and are expected to continue to consolidate. Traditional service provider 
capital spending in physical networks has been declining, and this impacts the served available market opportunity 
for  our  NSE  segment.  However,  the  new  cloud  service  providers  and  virtualized  networks  create  new  NSE 
opportunities.  Our  NE  and  SE  products  and  solutions  are  well  positioned  to  meet  these  rapidly  changing  industry 
trends, given our technology and products, as well as customer installed base.

NE’s  Avionics  Communications  (AvComm)  products,  further  expand  NSE’s  Test  &  Measurement  (T&M) 
opportunity into the government, civil, aerospace and military markets for communications and public safety testing. 
We  also  believe  military  radio  test  and  avionics  products  are  a  growth  opportunity  as  defense  and  public  safety 
department budgets increase significantly due to the ongoing upgrade from analog to digital communications.

OSP

The threat of counterfeiting of banknotes and documents of value is enabled by a broad range of advanced but 
relatively  low-cost  imaging  technologies  and  printing  tools.  With  this  access,  counterfeiters  –  who  range  from 
hobbyists to nation states - have the ability to potentially create simulations of actual documents and products for 
illicit  purposes,  creating  the  need  for  robust,  technically  sophisticated  and  easy  to  validate  anti-counterfeiting 
features. We have decades of anti-counterfeiting expertise leveraging our Optically Variable Pigment (OVP®), and 
our Optically Variable Magnetic Pigment (OVMP®) technologies to protect the integrity of banknotes and other high-
value documents by delivering optical effects that, on one hand, consumers can easily recognize but on the other 
hand, counterfeiters find very difficult to reproduce.

4

Table of Contents

In  addition  to  Anti-Counterfeiting  technologies,  we  also  provide  optical  technologies  for  the  3D  sensing, 
consumer  electronics,  government,  automotive,  and  industrial  markets.  For  example,  we  manufacture  and  sell 
optical  filters  for  3D  sensing  applications  that  allow  consumers  to  interact  with  their  devices  more  naturally  by 
enabling  electronic  devices  to  accurately  measure  depth  and  motion.  Our  filters  play  an  important  role  in  those 
applications, separating out ambient light from the incoming data used by sensors to make precise measurements. 
Notably, our patented low angle shift technology enables our customers to significantly improve the signal-to-noise 
ratio of their systems and deliver reliable system performance. Through the development of multiple generations of 
products  for  3D  sensing  and  by  delivering  improved  performance  and  competitive  value  with  each  iteration,  we 
believe we have established ourselves as the industry’s leading supplier of high-performance filters enabling depth-
sensing systems in consumer electronics. In October 2018, we broadened our portfolio of 3D sensing technologies 
when we acquired RPC Photonics (RPC), a technology leader in engineered optical diffusers, marketed under the 
trademark  “Engineered  DiffusersTM.”  Engineered  DiffusersTM  diffuse  the  infrared  laser  light  transmitted  by  a 
smartphone  in  3D  sensing  applications,  enabling  reliable  system  performance  while  also  guarding  eye  safety.  In 
user facing applications of 3D sensing including facial recognition, our Engineered DiffusersTM enable infrared light 
to safely impinge on the target, i.e. human facial profile. That light is then reflected back to the 3D Sensor on the 
smartphone and an image process gathers the target information.

Sales and Marketing

CSPs  make  up  the  majority  of  NE  and  SE  revenues.  We  also  market  and  sell  products  to  NEMs,  OEMs, 
enterprises, governmental organizations, distributors and strategic partners worldwide. We have a dedicated sales 
force organized around each of the markets that we serve that works directly with customers’ executive, technical, 
manufacturing  and  purchasing  personnel  to  determine  design,  performance  and  cost  requirements.  We  are  also 
supported by a worldwide channel community, including our Velocity Solution Partners who support our NE and SE 
segments.

OSP  sales  and  marketing  efforts  are  targeted  primarily  toward  customers  in  the  consumer  electronics, 
government, industrial, medical and automotive markets. We have a dedicated direct global sales force focused on 
understanding customers’ requirements and building market awareness and acceptance of our products. Our direct 
sales  force  is  complemented  by  a  highly  trained  team  of  field  applications  engineers  who  assist  customers  in 
designing, testing and qualifying our products. We market our products and capabilities through attendance at trade 
shows,  the  production  of  promotional  webinars,  the  development  of  samples  and  product  demonstrations, 
participation in technical forums, select advertising and by developing customer partnerships.

A  high  level  of  support  is  a  critical  part  of  our  strategy  to  develop  and  maintain  long-term  collaborative 
relationships with our customers. We develop innovative products by engaging our customers at the initial design 
phase and continue to build that relationship as our customers’ needs change and develop. Service and support are 
provided through our offices and those of our partners worldwide.

Corporate Strategy

Our objective is to continue to be a leading provider in the markets and industries we serve. In support of our 
business  segments,  we  are  pursuing  a  corporate  strategy  that  we  believe  will  best  position  us  for  future 
opportunities as follows:

• Market  leadership  in  physical  and  virtualized  test  and  measurement  instruments  with  opportunity  to  grow 

market share;

• Market leadership in Anti-Counterfeiting pigments, 3D sensing optical filters and Engineered DiffusersTM;
• Market  leadership  in  5G  wireless,  public  safety  radio  and  navigation/communication  transponder  test 

•

instruments;
Increase the benefit from the use of our net operating loss carryforwards (NOL) by improving our profitability 
organically and inorganically; and

• Greater flexibility in capital structure in support of our strategic plans.

Our  near-term  strategy,  and  next  transformation  phase,  will  be  more  focused  on  growth,  both  organic  and 
inorganic. We plan to leverage major secular growth trends in 5G Wireless, Fiber and 3D Sensing to achieve higher 
levels of revenue and profitability.

5

Table of Contents

Our long-term capital allocation strategy, which supports our corporate strategy, is as follows:

• Maintenance and run-rate investments to support operations;
• Organic investments in initiatives to support revenue growth and productivity;
•

Return  capital  to  shareholders  through  share  buybacks  and  execute  on  capital  allocation  and  debt 
management strategy; and

• Mergers and acquisitions that are synergistic to company strategy and business segments.

Although we are working to successfully implement our strategy, internal and/or external factors could impact 
our  ability  to  meet  any,  or  all,  of  our  objectives. These  factors  are  discussed  under  Item  1A  “Risk  Factors”  of  this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Business Segments

We operate in two broad business categories: NSE and OSP. NSE operates in two reportable segments, NE 
and SE, whereas OSP operates as a single segment. Our NSE and OSP businesses are each organized with its 
own  engineering,  manufacturing  and  dedicated  sales  and  marketing  groups  focused  on  each  of  the  markets  we 
serve  to  better  support  our  customers  and  respond  quickly  to  market  needs.  In  addition,  our  segments  share 
common corporate services that provide capital, infrastructure, resources and functional support, allowing them to 
focus on core technological strengths to compete and innovate in their markets.

Network Enablement

Our NE segment provides an integrated portfolio of testing solutions that access the network to perform build-
out  and  maintenance  tasks.  These  solutions  include  instruments,  software  and  services  to  design,  build,  turn-up, 
certify,  troubleshoot,  and  optimize  networks.  These  solutions  also  support  more  profitable,  higher-performing 
networks and help speed time-to-revenue.

Our solutions address lab and production environments, field deployment and service assurance for wireless 
and wireline networks, including computing and storage networks. Our test instrument portfolio is one of the largest 
in the industry, with hundreds of thousands of units in active use by major NEMs, operators and service providers 
worldwide.  Designed  to  be  mobile,  these  products  include  instruments  and  software  that  access  the  network  to 
perform  installation  and  maintenance  tasks,  which  help  service  provider  technicians  assess  the  performance  of 
network  elements  and  segments  and  verify  the  integrity  of  the  information  being  transmitted  across  the  network. 
These  instruments  are  highly  intelligent  and  have  user  interfaces  that  are  designed  to  simplify  operations  and 
minimize the training required to operate them. 

Within the NE product portfolio, our wireless products consist of flexible application software and multi-function 
hardware  that  our  customers  can  easily  use  as  standalone  test  and  measurement  solutions  or  combine  with 
industry-standard computers, networks and third-party devices to create measurement, automation and embedded 
systems.  Our  Radio  Access  Network  (RAN  to  Core)  test  and  validation  product  addresses  the  various 
communications infrastructure market segments.

We also offer a range of product support and professional services designed to comprehensively address our 
customers’  requirements. These  services  include  repair,  calibration,  software  support  and  technical  assistance  for 
our  products.  We  offer  product  and  technology  training  as  well  as  consulting  services.  Our  professional  services, 
installation  and 
provided 
implementation.

include  project  management, 

in  conjunction  with  system 

integration  projects, 

Our  AvComm  products  are  a  global  leader  in  T&M  instrumentation  for  communication  and  safety  in  the 
government,  civil,  aerospace  and  military  markets.    AvComm  solutions  encompass  a  full  spectrum  of 
instrumentation from turnkey systems, stand-alone instruments or modular components that provide customers with 
highly reliable, customized, innovative and cost-effective testing tools. 

6

Table of Contents

Markets

Our NE segment provides solutions for CSPs, as well as NEMs and data center providers that deliver and/or 
operate  broadband/IP  networks  (fixed  and  mobile)  supporting  voice,  video  and  data  services  as  well  as  a  wide 
range  of  applications.  These  solutions  support  the  development  and  production  of  network  equipment,  the 
deployment  of  next  generation  network  technologies  and  services,  and  ensure  a  higher-quality  customer 
experience. AvComm  products  are  positioned  in  all  of  the  customers’  product  life  cycle  phases  from  research  & 
development (R&D), manufacturing, installation, deployment and field, to depot repair and maintenance of devices.

Customers

NE customers include CSPs, NEMs, government organizations and large corporate customers, such as major 
telecom,  mobility  and  cable  operators,  chip  and  infrastructure  vendors,  storage-device  manufacturers,  storage-
network  and  switch  vendors,  radio  and  avionics  commercial  companies,  OEMs,  civil,  state  and  federal  agencies, 
utilities, law enforcement, military contractors and the armed forces and deployed private enterprise customers. Our 
customers include América Móvil, AT&T Inc., Lumen Technologies, Inc. (formerly CenturyLink, Inc.), Cisco Systems, 
Inc., Nokia Corporation and Verizon Communications Inc.

Trends

Several  network  technology  trends  are  taking  place  to  support  the  growing  bandwidth  demand  and  are 
impacting the way NEMs and CSPs design, build and deploy new network systems. These trends are driving shifts 
in capital spending with the transition to advanced LTE and 5G, cable upgrades to DOCSIS 3.1, DSL copper line 
upgrades  to  Gfast,  deployment  of  100GbE  Metro  optical  fiber,  400GbE  in  optical  transport,  and  adoption  of 
advanced  network  management  technologies  such  as  virtualization,  assurance  and  automation.  As  service 
providers  face  pricing  pressure  on  their  average  revenue  per  user  (ARPU)  metrics,  they  are  turning  to  our  NE 
products solutions to both reduce the need for physical customer service visits through faster installation and repair 
completion  and  improve  user  satisfaction.  For  our  avionics  products,  many  governments  across  the  globe  are 
increasing their military and public safety budgets to upgrade communication infrastructure.

Competition

Our  NE  segment  competes  against  various  companies,  including  Anritsu  Corporation,  EXFO  Inc.,  Keysight 
Technologies Inc., Rohde & Schwarz, VeEX Inc., Spirent Communications plc. and Artiza Networks, Inc. While we 
face  multiple  competitors  for  each  of  our  product  families,  we  continue  to  have  one  of  the  broadest  portfolios  of 
wireline  and  wireless  products  available  in  the  network  enablement  industry.  In  Aerospace  and  Tactical 
Communications, AvComm competes against Anritsu Corporation, Astronics DME Corp., General Dynamics and Tel 
Instruments.

Offerings

Our  NE  solutions  include  instruments  and  software  that  support  the  development  and  production  of  network 
systems  in  the  lab.  These  solutions  activate,  certify,  troubleshoot  and  optimize  networks  that  are  differentiated 
through  superior  efficiency,  reliable  performance  and  greater  customer  satisfaction.  Designed  to  be  mobile,  these 
products include instruments and software that access the network to perform installation and maintenance tasks. 
They help service provider technicians assess the performance of network elements and segments and verify the 
integrity of the information being transmitted across the network. These instruments are highly intelligent and have 
user interfaces that are designed to simplify operations and minimize the training required to operate them. Our NE 
solutions  are  also  used  by  NEMs  in  the  design  and  production  of  next-generation  network  equipment.  Thorough 
testing  by  NEMs  plays  a  critical  role  in  producing  the  components  and  equipment  that  are  the  building  blocks  of 
network  infrastructure.  We  leverage  our  installed  base  and  knowledge  of  network  management  methods  and 
procedures to develop these advanced customer experience solutions. 

We also offer a range of product support and professional services designed to comprehensively address our 
customers’  requirements. These  services  include  repair,  calibration,  software  support  and  technical  assistance  for 
our  products.  We  offer  product  and  technology  training  as  well  as  consulting  services.  Our  professional  services, 
provided 
installation  and 
implementation.

include  project  management, 

in  conjunction  with  system 

integration  projects, 

7

Table of Contents

Our NE products and associated services are, as follows:

Field  Instruments:  Primarily  consisting  of  (a)  Access  and  Cable  products;  (b)  Avionics  products;  (c)  Fiber 

Instrument products; (d) Metro products; (e) RF Test products; and (f) Radio Test products.

Lab Instruments: Primarily consisting of (a) Fiber Optic Production Lab Test; (b) Optical Transport products; (c) 

Computing and Storage Network Test products; and (d) Wireless products.

Service Enablement

SE  provides  embedded  systems  and  enterprise  performance  management  solutions  that  give  global  CSPs, 
enterprises  and  cloud  operators  visibility  into  network,  service  and  application  data.  These  solutions  -  which 
primarily consist of instruments, microprobes and software - monitor, collect and analyze network data to reveal the 
actual customer experience and identify opportunities for new revenue streams and network optimization.

Our  assurance  solutions  let  carriers  remotely  monitor  performance  and  quality  of  network,  service  and 
applications  performance  throughout  the  entire  network.  This  provides  our  customers  with  enhanced  network 
management,  control,  and  optimization  that  allow  network  operators  to  initiate  service  to  new  customers  faster, 
decrease  the  need  for  technicians  to  make  on-site  service  calls,  help  to  make  necessary  repairs  faster  and,  as  a 
result,  lower  costs  while  providing  higher  quality  and  more  reliable  services.  Remote  monitoring  decreases 
operating  expenses,  while  early  detection  helps  increase  uptime,  preserve  revenue,  and  helps  operators  better 
monetize their networks. 

Our network performance management products help enterprise IT and security teams monitor and optimize 
connectivity  for  their  employees  across  on-premise  and  cloud  domains  and  conduct  preventative  and  forensic 
analysis  to  address  rising  security  challenges.  This  functionality  has  become  more  critical  as  organizations  have 
been forced to adopt remote working procedures, increasing network challenges and security risks.

Markets

Our SE segment provides solutions and services primarily for CSPs and enterprises that deliver and/or operate 
broadband/IP  networks  (fixed  and  mobile)  supporting  voice,  video  and  data  services  as  well  as  a  wide  range  of 
applications. These solutions provide network and application visibility to enable more cost-effective ways to provide 
a higher-quality customer experience.

Customers

SE customers include similar CSPs, NEMs, government organizations, large corporate customers and storage-

segment customers that are served by our NE segment. 

Trends

Our SE solutions portfolio has grown as a result of several acquisitions made during the past several years to 
address the network industry shift to a more agile, flexible, programmable, and cost-effective virtualized software-
centric network. Our Data Center product and solutions offerings address customers’ needs to support data center 
network traffic through application and performance monitoring.

Competition

Our  SE  segment  competitors  include  NetScout  Systems,  Inc.,  Riverbed  Technology,  Inc.  and  Spirent 
Communications plc. While we face multiple competitors for each of our product families, we continue to have one 
of the broadest portfolios of wireline and wireless monitoring solutions available in the service enablement industry.

Offerings

Our SE solutions are embedded network systems, including microprobes and software that collect and analyze 
network data to reveal the actual customer experience and identify opportunities for new revenue streams. These 
solutions  provide  our  customers  enhanced  network  management,  control,  optimization  and  differentiation.  Our 
customers are able to access and analyze the growing amount of network data from a single console, simplifying 
the  process  of  deploying,  provisioning  and  managing  network  equipment  and  services.  These  capabilities  allow 
network  operators  to  initiate  service  to  new  customers  faster,  decrease  the  need  for  technicians  to  make  on-site 
service calls, and help to make necessary repairs faster, which lowers costs while providing higher quality and more 
reliable services.

8

Table of Contents

Our SE products and associated services are, as follows:

Data Center: Consisting of our Network Performance Monitoring and Diagnostic tools (Apex, GigaStor, 

Observer).

Assurance: Primarily consisting of our (a) Growth Products (Location Intelligence and NITRO Mobile products) 

and (b) Mature Products (Legacy Assurance and Legacy Wireline).

Optical Security and Performance Products

Our  OSP  segment  leverages  its  core  optical  coating  technologies  and  volume  manufacturing  capability  to 
design,  manufacture,  and  sell  products  targeting  anti-counterfeiting,  consumer  and  industrial,  government, 
automotive, industrial and other markets.

Our  security  offerings  for  the  anti-counterfeiting  market  include  OVP®  and  OVMP®.  OVP®  enables  color-
shifting effects and OVMP® enables depth and motion effects in addition to color-shifting effects. Both OVP® and 
OVMP®  are  formulated  into  inks  used  by  banknote  issuers  and  security  printers  worldwide  for  anti-counterfeiting 
applications  on  banknotes  and  other  high-value  documents.  Our  technologies  are  deployed  on  the  banknotes  of 
more than 100 countries today.

Leveraging  our  unique  high-precision  coating  and  light  shaping  optics  capabilities,  OSP  provides  a  range  of 
products and technologies for the consumer electronics, government, automotive, and industrial markets, including, 
for example, optical filters and Engineered Diffusers™ for 3D sensing applications.

Other OSP product lines include custom color solutions and spectral sensing.  Custom color solutions include 
innovative  special  effects  pigments  that  provide  product  enhancement  for  brands  in  the  automotive  and  other 
industries.    Spectral  sensing  solutions  include  handheld  and  process  miniature  near  infrared  spectrometers  for 
pharmaceutical, agriculture, food, feed, and industrial applications.

Markets

Our  OSP  segment  delivers  overt  and  covert  features  to  protect  banknotes  and  documents  of  value  against 
counterfeiting, with a primary focus on the currency market. OSP also produces precise, high-performance, optical 
thin-film coatings for a variety of applications in consumer electronics, government, automotive, industrial, and other 
markets.  For  example,  we  design  and  produce  optical  filters  and  Engineered  Diffusers™,  which  are  used  in  3D 
sensing products and other applications.

Customers

OSP  serves  customers  such  as  SICPA  Holding  SA  Company  (SICPA),  STMicroelectronics  Holding  N.V., 
Lockheed Martin Corporation and Seiko Epson Corporation. For further information related to our customers, refer 
to  Management’s  Discussion  and Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  under  Item  7  of  this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Trends

Counterfeiting  of  banknotes  and  other  documents  of  value  is  enabled  by  a  broad  range  of  advanced  but 
relatively  low-cost  imaging  technologies  and  printing  tools,  giving  counterfeiters  -  who  range  from  hobbyists  to 
nation  states  -  the  potential  ability  to  create  simulations  of  banknotes  and  other  documents  of  value  for  illicit 
purposes. As a result, demand is increasing for sophisticated overt anti-counterfeiting features, such as our OVP® 
and  OVMP®  technologies.  These  technologies  enable  consumers,  merchants,  and  law  enforcement  to  easily 
validate banknotes and documents of value without the use of special tools. At the same time, the effects created by 
these technologies are difficult to create or simulate using conventional printing technology.

The  consumer  electronics,  government,  automotive  and  instrumentation  markets  require  customized,  high-
precision  coated  products  and  optical  components  that  selectively  absorb,  transmit,  reflect  or  shape  light  to  meet 
the  performance  requirements  of  sophisticated  systems.  Our  unique  and  proprietary  deposition  platforms  and 
decades of know-how enable us to offer an array of advanced technologies and precision optics-from the UV to the 
far IR portion of the light spectrum to meet the specific requirements of our customers.

9

Table of Contents

OSP’s  optical  filters  and  Engineered  DiffusersTM  are  deployed  in  smartphones  to  enable  3D  sensing 
applications including facial recognition biometric authentication. 3D sensing optical filters separate out ambient light 
from incoming data for more natural interactions between consumers and devices, allowing devices to be controlled 
by  a  person’s  movements,  gestures  or  features.  Other  potential  applications  for  OSP’s  optical  filters  include 
augmented/virtual  reality,  sensors  deployed  in  autonomous  vehicles  and  IoT.  Engineered  DiffusersTM  optimize 
transmitted infrared laser light in a 3D sensing module while ensuring visual eye safety. The diffuser redirects the 
laser light to avoid direct eye contact, a critical safety feature for 3D sensing applications.

Competition

OSP’s competitors include the following: providers of anti-counterfeiting features such as Giesecke & Devrient, 
De  La  Rue  plc;  special-effect  pigments  like  Merck  KGA;  coating  companies  such  as  Nidek,  Toppan  and  Toray; 
optics companies such as Materion; and, optical filter companies such as II-VI Inc. and AMS.

Offerings

Our  OSP  business  provides  innovative  optical  security  and  performance  products  which  serve  a  variety  of 
applications for customers in the anti-counterfeiting, consumer electronics, government, automotive, industrial, and 
other markets.

Anti-Counterfeiting: Our OVP® and OVMP® technologies are incorporated into inks used by many government 
and state-owned security printers worldwide for banknote protection. These technologies deliver a range of intuitive 
overt effects that enable the rapid verification of banknotes without requiring a specialized device or reader. 

For  product  differentiation  and  brand  enhancement,  we  provide  custom  color  solutions  for  a  variety  of 
applications  using  our  ChromaFlair®  and  SpectraFlair®  pigments  to  create  color  effects  that  emphasize  body 
contours,  create  dynamic  environments,  or  enhance  products  in  motion.  These  pigments  are  added  to  paints, 
plastics or textiles for automotive, packaging, and other applications.

Consumer and Industrial: Our OSP business manufactures and sells optical filters for 3D sensing products that 
separate  out  ambient  light  from  incoming  data  to  allow  devices  to  be  controlled  by  a  person’s  movements  or 
gestures. Our Engineered DiffusersTM shape light emitted for 3D sensing applications and also enhance eye safety.

Government:  Our  products  are  used  in  a  variety  of  aerospace  and  defense  applications,  including  optics  for 
guidance  systems,  laser  eye  protection  and  night  vision  systems.  These  products,  including  coatings  and  optical 
filters, are optimized for each specific application.

Industrial and Other Markets: We provide multicavity and linear variable optical filters on a variety of substrates 
for  applications,  including  thermal  imaging,  spectroscopy  and  pollution  monitoring.  We  also  develop  and 
manufacture miniature handheld and process near infrared spectrometers that leverage our linear variable optical 
filters for use in applications for agriculture, pharmaceutical and other markets. 

Acquisitions

As  part  of  our  strategy,  we  are  committed  to  the  ongoing  evaluation  of  strategic  opportunities  and,  where 
appropriate,  the  acquisition  of  additional  products,  technologies  or  businesses  that  are  complementary  to,  or 
strengthen, our existing products.

On  May  31,  2019,  we  completed  the  acquisition  of  3Z,  a  provider  of  antenna  alignment  installation  and 

monitoring solutions. 

On October 30, 2018, we completed the acquisition of RPC. The acquisition of RPC expands our 3D Sensing 

offerings.

On March 15, 2018, we completed the acquisition of AvComm and Wireless (AW), which further strengthens 
our  competitive  position  in  5G  deployment  and  diversifies  our  product  offerings  into  military,  public  safety  and 
avionics test markets.

The acquisitions of 3Z and AW have been integrated into our NE business segment. The acquisition of RPC 
has  been  integrated  into  our  OSP  business  segment.  Refer  to  “Note  5. Acquisitions”  under  Item  8  of  this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for additional information related to our acquisitions.

10

Table of Contents

Restructuring Programs

We  may  continue  to  engage  in  targeted  restructuring  events,  to  consolidate  our  operations  and  align  our 

businesses  in  response  to  market  conditions  and  our  current  investment  strategy.  Such  actions  are  intended  to   
further  drive  our  strategy  for  organizational  alignment  and  consolidation  as  part  of  its  continued  commitment  to  a  
more cost effective and agile organization and to improve overall profitability in our business segments.

Please  refer  to  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations” 
under Item 7 and “Note 13. Restructuring and Related Charges” under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K 
for further discussion on these charges.

Research and Development

We devote substantial resources to R&D to develop new and enhanced products to serve our markets. Once 
the  design  of  a  product  is  complete,  our  engineering  efforts  shift  to  enhancing  both  product  performance  and  our 
ability to manufacture it in greater volume and at lower cost.

In our NE and SE segments, we develop portable test instruments for field service technicians, systems and 
software used in Network Operations Centers, and instruments used in the development, testing and production of 
communications  network  components,  modules  and  equipment.  We  have  centers  of  excellence  for  product 
marketing and development in Asia, Europe and North America.

In our OSP segment, our R&D efforts concentrate on developing more innovative technologies and products 
for customers in the anti-counterfeiting, consumer electronics, government, healthcare and automotive markets. Our 
strength in the banknote anti-counterfeiting market is complemented by our advances in developing novel pigments 
and foils for a variety of applications. Other areas of R&D focus for OSP include our efforts to leverage our optical 
coating  technology  expertise  to  develop  applications  for  the  government  and  defense  markets  as  well  as  efforts 
related to new products for 3D sensing and smart phone sensors. OSP has also introduced an innovative hand-held 
spectrometer solution with applications in the agriculture, healthcare and defense markets.

Manufacturing

As of July 3, 2021, we have significant manufacturing facilities for our NE, SE and OSP segments located in 
China,  France,  Germany,  United  Kingdom  and  the  United  States.  Our  most  significant  contract  manufacturing 
partners are located in China and Mexico.

Sources and Availability of Raw Materials

We use various suppliers and contract manufacturers to supply parts and components for the manufacture and 
support  of  multiple  product  lines.  Although  we  intend  to  establish  at  least  two  sources  of  supply  for  materials 
whenever possible, for certain components we have sole or limited source supply arrangements. 

Patents and Proprietary Rights

Intellectual property rights apply to our various products include patents, trade secrets and trademarks. We do 
not intend to broadly license our intellectual property rights unless we can obtain adequate consideration or enter 
into acceptable patent cross-license agreements. As of July 3, 2021, we owned approximately 831 U.S. patents and 
1,528  foreign  patents  and  have  1,004  patent  applications  pending  throughout  the  world.  The  average  age  of  the 
patents we hold is 9.1 years, which is slightly younger than the midpoint of the average 20-year life of a patent.

Backlog

Due  to  possible  changes  in  product  delivery  schedules  and  cancellation  of  product  orders,  and  because  our 
sales often reflect orders shipped in the same quarter in which they are received, our backlog at any particular date 
is not necessarily indicative of actual revenue or the level of orders for any succeeding period.

Seasonality

Our business is seasonal, as is typical for  our  competitors and many large companies. For NSE, revenue is 
typically  higher  in  the  second  and  fourth  fiscal  quarter,  all  else  being  equal.  There  is  typically  a  modest  end  of 
calendar year customer spending budget flush that benefits our second fiscal quarter. Telecom and cable spending 
budgets are typically set at the start of a new calendar year, thus with all else being equal, our third fiscal quarter is 
NSE’s  weakest  revenue  quarter  with  spending  release  benefiting  our  fourth  fiscal  quarter.  For  our  OSP  business, 
given our recent exposure to the consumer market, namely our 3D Sensing products into the smart phone market, 
OSP  revenue  is  expected  to  be  seasonally  higher  in  the  first  and  second  fiscal  quarter  followed  by  seasonal 
demand declines in the third and fourth fiscal quarters.

11

Table of Contents

Human Capital Management

As of July 3, 2021, we had approximately 3,600 employees worldwide representing more than 30 self-identified 
nationalities working across approximately 30 countries. VIAVI is committed to promoting and maintaining a diverse 
and inclusive work environment and offering equal opportunities to everyone. We seek to empower our employees 
to learn and develop their skills to accelerate their career and to attract best in class talent. The CEO and the SVP 
Human Resources are responsible for the development of the People Strategy and execute this with the support of 
the Executive Management Team. We regularly update the Compensation Committee on human capital matters.

Business Values & Standards

The  VIAVI  business  values  articulate  the  internal  cultural  identity  for  VIAVI  employees  and  provide  a  shared 
understanding of expectations across the Company. They represent the principles that will help guide us to achieve 
our  objectives  globally  and  the  desired  operating  environment  of  the  employees  and  management.  VIAVI  is 
committed  to  respecting  human  rights  and  acknowledges  the  fundamental  principles  contained  in  the  Universal 
Declaration of Human Rights, the tenets of the United Nations Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights, 
core  International  Labor  Organization  Conventions  and  the  laws  of  countries  in  which  we  operate.  We  are  a 
member of the Responsible Business Alliance, which further strengthens our efforts and commitment. 

We realize that being a responsible global citizen is about more than just complying with local regulations. It’s 
about how we do business, and how our organization’s activities affect the people and communities where we live 
and work. The VIAVI Code of Business Conduct captures the broad principles of legal and ethical business conduct 
embraced  by  the  Company  as  part  of  its  commitment  to  integrity.  VIAVI  expects  that  all  employees  will  act  in  a 
manner that complies both with the letter and spirit of this code of conduct. 

Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI)

VIAVI  is  committed  to  fostering,  cultivating,  and  preserving  a  culture  of  diversity,  equity  and  inclusion.  Our 
human capital is one of our most valuable assets. We believe the collective sum of our individual differences, life 
experiences,  knowledge,  innovation,  business  acumen,  self-expression,  and  unique  capabilities  contribute  to  a 
culture that enhances our reputation and achievement.   

VIAVI has long been committed to ensuring that all individuals have an equal opportunity to enjoy a fair, safe 
and productive work environment – regardless of age, ancestry, race, color, mental or physical disability or medical 
condition,  gender,  gender  identity,  gender  expression,  genetic  information,  family  or  marital  status,  registered 
domestic  partner  status,  medical  condition,  military  and  veteran  status,  race,  religious  creed,  language,  national 
origin,  citizenship  status,  sex  (including  pregnancy,  childbirth,  breastfeeding  and  any  related  medical  conditions), 
sexual  orientation,  socio-economic  status,  or  any  other  protected  category  under  applicable  law.  We  embrace, 
encourage, and celebrate our employees’ differences and what makes them unique. 

Talent Development

Our  talent  development  programs  promote  the  VIAVI  Business  Values  through  a  passion  for  learning  and 
performance. We are developing relevant and useful learning resources for our employees, managers, and leaders 
that invite a growth mindset and create an appetite for lifelong learning.  

We drive talent conversations at all levels, which is complemented by Everyday Development, our performance 
management check-in process. Check-ins ensure that teams are being coached and supported throughout the year 
with relevant and timely discussions on expectations, feedback and development. Both managers and employees 
have  a  role  to  play  to  ensure  that  they  are  connected  on  the  activities  that  drive  our  business  forward.  Our 
employees  can  expect  to  engage  regularly  with  their  manager,  and  to  have  their  support  to  accelerate  their 
performance and development.

Enabling  critical  leadership  practices  was  a  top  priority  in  2021,  as  we  instituted  our  global  Leadership 
Development Program with over 230 of our managers joining the Manager Development and Strategic Leadership 
Series.

Many  of  our  employees  are  participating  in  mandatory  training  courses  covering  data  privacy,  cyber-security, 

health and safety as well as the prevention of sexual harassment in the workplace.

12

Table of Contents

Talent Rewards

Our compensation and benefit programs are designed to recognize our employees' individual performance and 
contributions to our business results, including competitive base salaries and variable pay for all employees, share-
based  equity  award  grants,  health  and  welfare  benefits,  time-off,  development  programs  and  training,  and 
opportunities to give back to our communities. We provide talent rewards that are competitive in the marketplace. 
We support equal pay for equal work, pay transparency as well as all federal anti-discrimination laws applicable to 
employment, including those within Title VII of the Civil Rights Act.  

Health and Safety

VIAVI  is  committed  to  maintaining  an  inclusive,  supportive,  safe  and  healthy  work  environment  where  our 
employees can thrive. We strictly comply with all applicable health and safety regulations, offer robust training to our 
employees  on  health  and  safety  matters,  maintain  controls  and  proper  disposal  of  hazardous  materials  and  track 
workplace incidents and injuries. We maintain and regularly update emergency and disaster recovery plans.

While faced with the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, we have come together to institute a set of global policies, a 
global COVID-19 Committee at the executive level, regional and local Pandemic Response Teams, Return to Work 
guidelines  and  flexible  workplace  practices  to  help  our  employees  and  their  families  stay  healthy  and  safely 
navigate the challenging and changing environment.  

Environmental, Social and Governance

All  stakeholders  are  essential  to  our  business,  including  stockholders,  customers,  suppliers,  employees, 
communities as well as the environment and society. We are working on making our workforce more inclusive, our 
business  more  sustainable,  and  our  communities  more  engaged  by  maintaining  strong  environmental,  social  and 
governance (ESG) practices.  We detail our overall ESG strategy and progress on our ESG web page and in our 
annual Corporate Social Responsibility Report, which can both be found at www.viavisolutions.com/csr.

Information Security

Information  security  is  the  responsibility  of  our  Information  Security  team,  overseen  by  the  Chief  Information 
Security  Officer.  We  leverage  a  combination  of  the  National  Institute  of  Standards  and  Technology  (NIST) 
Cybersecurity  Framework,  International  Organization  for  Standardization  and  Center  for  Internet  Security  best 
practice standards to measure security posture, deliver risk management and provide effective security controls.

Our  information  security  practices  include  development,  implementation,  and  improvement  of  policies  and 
procedures to safeguard information and ensure availability of critical data and systems. Our Information Security 
team  conducts  annual  information  security  awareness  training  for  employees  involved  in  our  systems  and 
processes that handle customer data and audits of our systems and enhanced training for specialized personnel. 
Our program further includes review and assessment by external, independent third-parties, who assess and report 
on our internal incident response preparedness and help identify areas for continued focus and improvement.

As  set  forth  in  its  charter,  our Audit  Committee,  comprised  fully  of  independent  directors,  is  responsible  for 
oversight of risk, including cybersecurity and information security risk. Our Chief Information Security Officer delivers 
quarterly reports and updates to the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee regularly briefs the full Board on these 
matters, and the Board receives regular updates on the status of the Information Security Program, including but not 
limited to relevant cyber threats, roadmap and key initiative updates, and the management of information security 
risk.

13

Table of Contents

ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS 

COVID-19 Risks

The effects of the COVID-19 pandemic have significantly affected how we and our customers are operating 
our businesses, and the duration and extent to which this will impact our future results of operations and 
overall financial performance remains uncertain. 

The  ongoing  COVID-19  pandemic  has  resulted  in  a  widespread  health  crisis  that  is  adversely  affecting  the 
broader  economies,  financial  markets  and  may  affect  the  overall  demand  environment  for  our  products  and 
services.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we have prioritized employee, customer and partner safety and have 
temporarily shut down, slowed or limited activity in certain locations, including limiting production in certain locations 
to essential business needs, all in conjunction with federal, state and local health and safety regulations and shelter-
in-place orders. The majority of our global workforce is working from home, and we have canceled participation in 
trade  shows  and  marketing  events  and  restricted  business  travel,  resulting  in  the  limitation  of  normal  sales  and 
business development activity.

We  have  experienced  and  may  continue  to  experience  disruption  of  our  facilities,  suppliers  and  contract 
manufacturers,  which  has  and  may  continue  to  negatively  impact  our  sales  and  operating  results.  In  addition,  we 
have  experienced  and  may  continue  to  experience  shipping  and  logistics  challenges  as  our  customers  have  also 
closed  their  facilities  and  are  operating  under  similar  restrictions.  Both  NE  and  SE  net  revenue  declined  in  the 
second half of fiscal 2020. NE revenue declined as the COVID-19 pandemic resulted in certain customer operation 
and logistic shutdowns that led to shipment or acceptance delays and a demand slowdown in Field Instruments with 
orders  pushed  out  into  future  periods,  while  SE  revenue  declined  as  customers  were  unable  to  provide  on-site 
verification and acceptance due to facility closures and other restrictions.

Worldwide  distribution  by  central  governments  of  the  vaccines  commenced  in  late  2020.  There  have  been 
logistical and operational challenges with the rollout and global demand for the vaccine has far exceeded supply. It 
will take some time for the global population to receive vaccines, allowing for widespread immunity to develop. At 
the same time, new and potentially more contagious variants of the virus are developing in several countries and 
regions in which we operate.  We operate a shared services center in Pune, India that provides important finance 
and  IT  support  services. The  recent  substantial  increase  of  reported  COVID-19  transmission  rates  in  that  country 
due to the emergence of a more virulent variant of the virus has led to a significant spike in illness and death rates. 
Hospitals and medical facilities are overwhelmed and there is a shortage of oxygen and other medical supplies. If 
the situation in India does not improve, our operations and employees there could be negatively impacted. 

When  and  as  normal  business  operations  resume,  we  will  need  to  expand  globally  the  safety  measures  we 
have  already  undertaken  at  sites  conducting  essential  business,  such  as  enhanced  sanitation  procedures,  health 
checks  and  social  distancing  protocols,  none  of  which  can  completely  eliminate  the  risk  of  exposure  or  spread  of 
COVID-19.  Even  after  shelter-in-place  restrictions  have  been  lifted  by  governmental  authorities,  there  could  be 
additional waves or spikes in infection, again causing widespread social, economic and operational impacts.

Further, the COVID-19 pandemic has adversely affected, and may continue to adversely affect, the economies 
and  financial  markets  in  many  countries.  In  fiscal  2020,  we  entered  into  a  $300  million  secured  credit  facility  to 
strengthen our liquidity position but have not drawn on this facility to date. If there is a long-term economic downturn 
or a prolonged recession as a result of the pandemic, we could face additional liquidity needs and challenges. There 
can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain financing on favorable terms or at all.

Due to the evolving and highly uncertain nature of this event, it is currently not possible to estimate the ultimate 
direct or indirect impacts the COVID-19 pandemic may have on our business. However, any prolonged disruption of 
manufacturing  of  our  products,  commerce  and  related  activity  caused  by  the  pandemic  or  significant  decrease  in 
demand  for  our  products  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations  and  financial  conditions. 
Surges in infection rate, new shutdowns, emergence of new and potentially more contagious variants of the virus 
and the slow pace of vaccine rollout may impact our suppliers and our ability to source materials in a timely manner. 
To  the  extent  the  COVID-19  pandemic  adversely  affects  our  business  and  financial  results,  it  may  also  have  the 
effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section, such as those relating to our 
quarterly  revenue  and  operating  results  as  well  as  on  our  liquidity  and  on  our  ability  to  satisfy  our  indebtedness 
obligations, including the compliance with the covenants that apply to our indebtedness.

14

Table of Contents

We refer you to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Results of Operations” for a 
more detailed discussion of the potential impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and associated economic disruptions, 
and the actual operational and financial impacts that we have experienced to date.

Risks Related to Our Business Strategy and Industry

We have a history of net losses, and our future profitability is not assured.

Historically,  we  operated  as  a  portfolio  company  comprised  of  many  product  lines,  with  diverse  operating 
metrics and markets. As a result, our profitability in a particular period will be impacted by revenue, product mix and 
operational costs that vary significantly across our product portfolio and business segments.

Specific factors that may undermine our profit and financial objectives include, among others:

•

•

•

Uncertain  future  telecom  carrier  and  cable  operator  capital  and  R&D  spending  levels,  which  particularly 
affects our NE and SE segments; 

Adverse  changes  to  our  product  mix,  both  fundamentally  (resulting  from  new  product  transitions,  the 
declining  profitability  of  certain  legacy  products  and  the  termination  of  certain  products  with  declining 
margins, among other things) and due to quarterly demand fluctuations; 

Pricing  pressure  across  our  NSE  product  lines  due  to  competitive  forces  and  to  a  highly  concentrated 
customer base for many of our product lines, which may offset some of the cost improvements; 

• Our  OSP  operating  margin  may  experience  some  downward  pressure  as  a  result  of  a  higher  mix  of  3D 

Sensing products and increased operating expenses;

•

•

•

•

•

Limited availability of components and resources for our products which leads to higher component prices;

Increasing  commoditization  of  previously  differentiated  products,  and  the  attendant  negative  effect  on 
average selling prices and profit margins;

Execution  challenges,  which  limit  revenue  opportunities  and  harm  profitability,  market  opportunities  and 
customer relations;

Decreased revenue associated with terminated or divested product lines; 

Redundant  costs  related  to  periodic  transitioning  of  manufacturing  and  other  functions  to  lower-cost 
locations;

• Ongoing  costs  associated  with  organizational  transitions,  consolidations  and  restructurings,  which  are 

expected to continue in the nearer term; 

Cyclical demand for our currency products;

Changing  market  and  economic  conditions,  including  the  impacts  due  to  tariffs,  the  COVID-19  pandemic 
and inflationary pressures;

Ability  of  our  customers,  partners,  manufacturers  and  suppliers  to  purchase,  market,  sell,  manufacture  or 
supply our products and services, including as a result of disruptions arising from the COVID-19 pandemic;

Financial  stability  of  our  customers,  including  the  solvency  of  private  sector  customers  and  statutory 
authority for government customers to purchase goods and services; and

•

•

•

•

15

Table of Contents

•

Factors  beyond  our  control  resulting  from  pandemics  and  similar  outbreaks  such  as  the  COVID-19 
pandemic, manufacturing restrictions, travel restrictions and shelter-in-place orders to control the spread of 
a  disease  regionally  and  globally,  and  limitations  on  the  ability  of  our  employees  and  our  suppliers’  and 
customers’ employees to work and travel.

Taken together, these factors limit our ability to predict future profitability levels and to achieve our long-term 
profitability objectives. If we fail to achieve profitability expectations, the price of our debt and equity securities, as 
well as our business and financial condition, may be materially adversely impacted.

Rapid technological change in our industry presents us with significant risks and challenges, and if we are 
unable to keep up with the rapid changes, our customers may purchase less of our products which could 
adversely affect our operating results.

The manufacture, quality and distribution of our products, as well as our customer relations, may be affected 
by several factors, including the rapidly changing market for our products, supply issues and internal restructuring 
efforts.  We  expect  the  impact  of  these  issues  will  become  more  pronounced  as  we  continue  to  introduce  new 
product offerings and when overall demand increases.

Our  success  depends  upon  our  ability  to  deliver  both  our  current  product  offerings  and  new  products  and 
technologies on time and at acceptable cost to our customers. The markets for our products are characterized by 
rapid technological change, frequent new product introductions, substantial capital investment, changes in customer 
requirements  and  a  constantly  evolving  industry.  Our  future  performance  will  depend  on  the  successful 
development,  introduction  and  market  acceptance  of  new  and  enhanced  products  that  address  these  issues  and 
provide solutions that meet our customers’ current and future needs. As a technology company, we also constantly 
encounter quality, volume and cost concerns such as:

• Our  continuing  cost  reduction  programs  which  include,  site  and  organization  consolidations,  asset 
divestitures, outsourcing the manufacture of certain products to contract manufacturers, other outsourcing 
initiatives,  and  reductions  in  employee  headcount,  requirements  related  to  re-establishment  and  re-
qualification by our customers of complex manufacturing lines, and modifications to systems, planning and 
operational  infrastructure.  During  this  process,  we  have  experienced,  and  may  continue  to  experience, 
additional  costs,  delays  in  re-establishing  volume  production  levels,  planning  difficulties,  inventory  issues, 
factory absorption concerns and systems integration problems.

• We have experienced variability of manufacturing yields caused by difficulties in the manufacturing process, 
the effects from a shift in product mix, changes in product specifications and the introduction of new product 
lines.  These  difficulties  can  reduce  yields  or  disrupt  production  and  thereby  increase  our  manufacturing 
costs and adversely affect our margin.

• We may incur significant costs to correct defective products (despite rigorous testing for quality both by our 
customers and by us), which could include lost future sales of the affected product and other products, and 
potentially severe customer relations problems, litigation and damage to our reputation. 

• We are dependent on a limited number of vendors, who are often small and specialized, for raw materials, 
packages  and  standard  components.  We  also  rely  on  contract  manufacturers  around  the  world  to 
manufacture certain of our products. Our business and results of operations have been, and could continue 
to be, adversely affected by this dependency. Specific concerns we periodically encounter with our suppliers 
include stoppages or delays of supply, insufficient vendor resources to supply our requirements, substitution 
of more expensive or less reliable products, receipt of defective parts or contaminated materials, increases 
in  the  price  of  supplies  and  an  inability  to  obtain  reduced  pricing  from  our  suppliers  in  response  to 
competitive pressures. Additionally, the ability of our contract manufacturers to fulfill their obligations may be 
affected  by  economic,  political  or  other  forces  that  are  beyond  our  control,  including  the  COVID-19 
pandemic. Any such failure could have a material impact on our ability to meet customers’ expectations and 
may materially impact our operating results. 

•

New  product  programs  and 
involve  changing  product  specifications  and  customer 
requirements, unanticipated engineering complexities, difficulties in reallocating resources and overcoming 
resource limitations and increased complexity, which expose us to yield and product risk internally and with 
our suppliers.

introductions 

16

Table of Contents

These factors have caused considerable strain on our execution capabilities and customer relations. We have 
and could continue to see periodic difficulty responding to customer delivery expectations for some of our products, 
and yield and quality problems, particularly with some of our new products and higher volume products which could 
require additional funds and other resources required to respond to these execution challenges. From time to time, 
we have had to divert resources from new product R&D and other functions to assist with resolving these matters. If 
we  do  not  improve  our  performance  in  all  of  these  areas,  our  operating  results  will  be  harmed,  the  commercial 
viability of new products may be challenged, and our customers may choose to reduce or terminate their purchases 
of our products and purchase additional products from our competitors.

Unfavorable, uncertain or unexpected conditions in the transition to 5G may cause fluctuations in our rate 
of revenue growth or financial results.

Markets for 5G infrastructure may not develop in the manner or in the time periods we anticipate. If domestic 
and global economic conditions worsen, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, overall spending on 5G 
infrastructure may be reduced, which would adversely impact demand for our products in these markets. In addition, 
unfavorable developments with evolving laws and regulations worldwide related to 5G may limit or slow the rate of 
global  adoption,  impede  our  strategy,  and  negatively  impact  our  long-term  expectations  in  this  area.  Further,  the 
COVID-19  pandemic  resulted  in  global  work-office  shut  down  and  Work-From-Home  policies  among  network 
service providers, NEMs and its related supply chain.  This in turn disrupted and delayed new network construction 
build out, general network maintenance and new technology development.  

Even  if  the  5G  infrastructure  market  and  rate  of  adoption  develop  in  the  manner  or  in  the  time  periods  we 
anticipate, if we do not have timely, competitively priced, market-accepted products available to meet our customers’ 
planned  roll-out  of  5G  platforms  and  systems,  we  may  miss  a  significant  opportunity  and  our  business,  financial 
condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected.

Our  forecasts  related  to  our  growth  strategy  in  3D  sensing  and  other  applications  may  prove  to  be 
inaccurate.

Growth  forecasts  are  subject  to  significant  uncertainty  and  are  based  on  assumptions  and  estimates  which 
may not prove to be accurate.  Our estimate of the market opportunity related to 3D sensing is subject to significant 
uncertainty  and  is  based  on  assumptions  and  estimates,  including  our  internal  analysis,  industry  experience  and 
third-party data.  Accordingly, our estimated market opportunity may prove to be materially inaccurate. In addition, 
our growth and ability to serve a significant portion of this estimated market is subject to many factors, including our 
success in implementing our business strategy and expansion of 3D sensing and other applications for consumer 
electronics. We cannot assure you that we will be able to serve a significant portion of this market and the growth 
forecasts should not be taken as indicative of our future growth.

We may experience increased pressure on our pricing and contract terms due to our reliance on a limited 
number of customers for a significant portion of our sales.

We  believe  that  we  will  continue  to  rely  upon  a  limited  number  of  customers  for  a  significant  portion  of  our 
revenues for the foreseeable future. Any failure by us to continue capturing a significant share of these customers 
could materially harm our business. Dependence on a limited number of customers exposes us to the risk that order 
reductions  from  any  one  customer  can  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  periodic  revenue.  Further,  to  the  extent 
that  there  is  consolidation  among  communications  equipment  manufacturers  and  service  providers,  we  will  have 
increased dependence on fewer customers who may be able to exert increased pressure on our prices and other 
contract  terms.  Customer  consolidation  activity  and  periodic  manufacturing  and  inventory  initiatives  could  also 
create the potential for disruptions in demand for our products as a consequence of such customers streamlining, 
reducing or delaying purchasing decisions.

We  have  a  strategic  alliance  with  SICPA,  our  principal  customer  for  our  anti-counterfeiting  pigments  that  are 
used  to,  among  other  things,  provide  security  features  for  banknotes.  Under  a  license  and  supply  agreement,  we 
rely  exclusively  on  SICPA  to  market  and  sell  one  of  these  product  lines,  Optical  Variable  Pigment  (OVP®)  and 
Optical Variable Magnetic Pigment (OVMP®), for document authentication applications worldwide. The agreement 
requires SICPA to purchase minimum quantities of these pigments over the term of the agreement. If SICPA fails to 
purchase these quantities, as and when required by the agreement, our business and operating results (including 
among  other  things,  our  revenue  and  gross  margin)  will  be  harmed  as  we  may  be  unable  to  find  a  substitute 
marketing and sales partner or develop these capabilities ourselves.

17

Table of Contents

Movement  towards  virtualized  networks  and  software  solutions  may  result  in  lower  demand  for  our 
hardware products and increased competition.

The markets for our NE and SE segments are increasingly looking towards virtualized networks and software 
solutions. While we are devoting substantial resources to meet these needs, this trend may result in lower demand 
for  our  legacy  hardware  products. Additionally,  barriers  to  entry  are  generally  lower  for  software  solutions,  which 
may lead to increased competition for our products and services.

We face a number of risks related to our strategic transactions.

Our  strategy  continues  to  include  periodic  acquisitions  and  divestitures  of  businesses  and  technologies. 

Strategic transactions of this nature involve numerous risks, including the following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

The  impact  of  the  recent  COVID-19  pandemic,  and  any  other  adverse  public  health  developments, 
epidemic  disease  or  other  pandemic  in  the  countries  in  which  we  operate  or  our  customers  are  located, 
including  regional  quarantines  restricting  the  movement  of  people  or  goods,  reductions  in  labor  supply  or 
staffing, the closure of facilities to protect employees, including those of our customers, disruptions to global 
supply chains and both our and our suppliers’ ability to deliver materials and products on a timely or cost-
effective  basis,  shipment,  acceptance  or  verification  delays,  the  resulting  overall  significant  volatility  and 
disruption of financial markets, and economic instability affecting customer spending patterns;

Inadequate  internal  control  procedures  and  disclosure  controls  to  comply  with  the  requirements  of 
Section  404  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley Act  of  2002,  or  poor  integration  of  a  target  company’s  or  business’s 
procedures and controls; 

Diversion of management’s attention from normal daily operations of the business; 

Potential difficulties in completing projects associated with in-process R&D; 

Difficulties in entering markets in which we have no or limited prior experience and where competitors have 
stronger market positions; 

Difficulties in obtaining or providing sufficient transition services and accurately projecting the time and cost 
associated with providing these services; 

An acquisition may not further our business strategy as we expected or we may overpay for, or otherwise 
not realize the expected return on, our investments; 

Expected earn-outs may not be achieved in the time frame or at the level expected or at all;

• We may not be able to recognize or capitalize on expected growth, synergies or cost savings;

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Insufficient net revenue to offset increased expenses associated with acquisitions; 

Potential loss of key employees of the acquired companies; and 

Difficulty in forecasting revenues and margins.

Acquisitions may also cause us to:

Issue common stock that would dilute our current stockholders’ percentage ownership and may decrease 
earnings per share; 

Assume liabilities, some of which may be unknown at the time of the acquisitions; 

Record  goodwill  and  non-amortizable  intangible  assets  that  will  be  subject  to  impairment  testing  and 
potential periodic impairment charges; 

Incur additional debt to finance such acquisitions; 

Incur amortization expenses related to certain intangible assets; or

Acquire, assume, or become subject to litigation related to the acquired businesses or assets.

18

Table of Contents

Operational Risks

Restructuring

We  continue  to  restructure  and  realign  our  cost  base  with  current  and  anticipated  future  market  conditions. 
Significant  risks  associated  with  these  types  of  actions  that  may  impair  our  ability  to  achieve  the  anticipated  cost 
reductions or disrupt our business include delays in the implementation of anticipated workforce reductions in highly 
regulated locations outside of the U.S. and the failure to meet operational targets due to the loss of key employees. 
In  addition,  our  ability  to  achieve  the  anticipated  cost  savings  and  other  benefits  from  these  actions  within  the 
expected timeframe is subject to many estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions are subject 
to  significant  economic,  competitive  and  other  uncertainties,  some  of  which  are  beyond  our  control.  If  these 
estimates and assumptions are incorrect, if we experience delays, or if other unforeseen events occur, our business 
and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We may not generate positive returns on our research and development strategy.

Developing our products is expensive, and the investment in product development may involve a long payback 
cycle. We expect to continue to invest heavily in R&D in order to expand the capabilities of 3D sensing and smart 
phone sensors, handheld spectrometer solution and portable test instruments, introduce new products and features 
and  build  upon  our  technology.  We  believe  one  of  our  greatest  strengths  lies  in  our  innovation  and  our  product 
development efforts. By investing in R&D including through our acquisitions, we believe we are well positioned to 
continue  to  execute  on  our  strategy  and  take  advantage  of  market  opportunities.    We  expect  that  our  results  of 
operations may be impacted by the timing and size of these investments. In addition, these investments may take 
several years to generate positive returns, if ever.

We face risks related to our international operations and revenue.

Our  customers  are  located  throughout  the  world.  In  addition,  we  have  significant  operations  outside  North 

America, including product development, manufacturing, sales and customer support operations.

Our international presence exposes us to certain risks, including the following:

•

Fluctuations in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and among the currencies of the countries in which 
we  do  business  may  adversely  affect  our  operating  results  by  negatively  impacting  our  revenues  or 
increasing our expenses;

• Our ability to comply with a wide variety of laws and regulations of the countries in which we do business, 
including,  among  other  things,  customs,  import/export,  anti-bribery,  anti-competition,  tax  and  data  privacy 
laws, which may be subject to sudden and unexpected changes; 

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Difficulties in establishing and enforcing our intellectual property rights; 

Tariffs and other trade barriers; 

Political,  legal  and  economic  instability  in  foreign  markets,  particularly  in  those  markets  in  which  we 
maintain manufacturing and product development facilities; 

Strained or worsening relations between the United States and China or other countries;

Difficulties in staffing and management;

Language and cultural barriers; 

Seasonal reductions in business activities in the countries where our international customers are located; 

Integration of foreign operations; 

Longer payment cycles; 

Difficulties in management of foreign distributors; and 

Potential adverse tax consequences.

19

Table of Contents

The  spread  of  COVID-19  has  and  is  likely  to  continue  to  affect  the  manufacturing  and  shipment  of  goods 
globally. Any delay in production or delivery of our products due to an extended closure of our suppliers’ plants as a 
result of efforts to limit the spread of COVID-19 could adversely impact our business. Worldwide travel restrictions 
have  been  imposed  by  many  countries,  including  air  travel  and  transport,  that  have  caused  and  are  likely  to 
continue to cause delays in shipment of our products as well as increased logistics costs and will restrict our ability 
to attract, develop, integrate and retain highly skilled employees with appropriate qualifications from other countries.

We  expect  that  net  revenue  from  customers  outside  North America  will  continue  to  account  for  a  significant 
portion of our total net revenue. Lower sales levels that typically occur during the summer months in Europe and 
some other overseas markets may materially and adversely affect our business. In addition, the revenues we derive 
from many of our customers depend on international sales and further expose us to the risks associated with such 
international sales.

Economic conditions and regulatory changes that may result from the United Kingdom’s exit from the 
European Union could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

In June 2016, the U.K. held a referendum in which voters narrowly approved an exit from the European Union 
(the E.U.), commonly referred to as “Brexit.” The announcement of Brexit caused significant volatility in global stock 
markets and currency exchange rate fluctuations that resulted in the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against foreign 
currencies  in  which  we  conduct  business.  The  withdrawal  of  the  U.K.  from  the  E.U.,  which  was  completed  in 
January  2020  with  the  end  of  the  transition  period  in  December  2020,  may  contribute  to  further  global  economic 
uncertainty,  which  may  cause  our  current  and  future  customers  to  closely  monitor  their  costs  and  reduce  their 
spending on our products and services.  

Brexit may also disrupt and delay the free movement of goods, services, and people between ports in the U.K. 
and  the  E.U.,  and  result  in  increased  legal  and  regulatory  complexities,  as  well  as  potential  higher  costs  of 
conducting  business  in  Europe.  Given  the  lack  of  comparable  precedent,  it  is  unclear  how  Brexit  may  negatively 
impact the economies of the U.K., the E.U. countries and other nations, as well as our operations in these locations. 
However,  any  of  these  effects  of  Brexit,  among  others,  could  adversely  affect  our  financial  position,  results  of 
operations or cash flows.

While we have not experienced any material financial impact from Brexit on our business to date, we cannot 

predict its future implications.

Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risks

Certain of our products are subject to governmental and industry regulations, certifications and approvals.

The  commercialization  of  certain  of  the  products  we  design,  manufacture  and  distribute  through  our  OSP 
segment  may  be  more  costly  due  to  required  government  approval  and  industry  acceptance  processes. 
Development of applications for our anti-counterfeiting and special effects pigments may require significant testing 
that  could  delay  our  sales.  For  example,  certain  uses  in  cosmetics  may  be  regulated  by  the  U.S.  Food  and  Drug 
Administration, which has extensive and lengthy approval processes. Durability testing by the automobile industry of 
our special effects pigments used with automotive paints can take up to three years. If we change a product for any 
reason, including technological changes or changes in the manufacturing process, prior approvals or certifications 
may be invalid and we may need to go through the approval process again. If we are unable to obtain these or other 
government or industry certifications in a timely manner, or at all, our operating results could be adversely affected.

U.S.  Government  trade  actions  could  have  an  adverse  impact  on  our  business,  financial  position,  and 
results of operation.

The  United  States  and  China  have  been  engaged  in  protracted  negotiations  over  the  Chinese  government’s 
acts, policies, and practices related to technology transfer, intellectual property, and innovation.  Former President 
Trump used his authority under Section 301 of the Trade Act of 1974 three times to levy a 25% retaliatory tariff on 
6,830 subheading categories of imported Chinese high-tech and consumer goods valued at $250 billion per year. 
Although List 3 (under Section 301) valued at $200 billion, had originally set an additional duty rate at 10%, that rate 
was increased to 25% effective May 10, 2019.  Moreover, in August 2019, Former President Trump announced a 
15%  tariff  on  a  fourth  list  of  goods  valued  at  nearly  $300  billion.  Pursuant  to  a  U.S.-China  trade  deal  signed  in 
January 2020, the List 3 rate remains at 25% and the List 4 rate decreased to 7.5% on February 14, 2020. 

20

Table of Contents

On May 16, 2019, Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. and 68 designated non-U.S. affiliates (collectively, Huawei) 
were  added  to  the  Entity  List  of  the  Bureau  of  Industry  and  Security  of  the  U.S.  Department  of  Commerce  (BIS), 
which imposes limitations on the supply of certain U.S. items and product support to Huawei. On August 17, 2020, 
BIS issued final rules that further restrict access by Huawei to items produced domestically and abroad from U.S. 
technology and software. While the majority of our products were unaffected, the final rules prevent us from selling 
certain products to Huawei entities without a license issued subject to the Export Administration Regulations. If we 
are unable to obtain such a license, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be negatively 
impacted.

These  measures,  along  with  any  additional  tariffs  or  other  trade  actions  that  may  be  implemented,  may 
increase  the  cost  of  certain  materials  and/or  products  that  we  import  from  China,  thereby  adversely  affecting  our 
profitability. These actions could require us to raise our prices, which could decrease demand for our products. As a 
result, these actions, including potential retaliatory measures by China and further escalation into a potential “trade 
war”, may adversely impact our business. 

In January 2021, President Biden commenced his new administration with a number of executive orders and 
actions,  including  a  temporary  halt  of  pending  U.S.  defense  transfers  and  sales  to  Saudi Arabia  and  the  United 
Emirates. This  executive  order  could  negatively  impact  certain  products  and  equipment  we  deliver  to  military  and 
defense clients. Given the uncertainty regarding the scope and duration of these trade actions by the United States 
or  other  countries,  as  well  as  the  potential  for  additional  trade  actions,  the  impact  on  our  operations  and  results 
remains uncertain.

Information Security, Technology and Intellectual Property Risks

Our  business  and  operations  could  be  adversely  impacted  in  the  event  of  a  failure  of  our  information 
technology infrastructure.

We rely upon the capacity, reliability and security of our information technology infrastructure and our ability to 
expand and continually update this infrastructure in response to our changing needs. In some cases, we rely upon 
third-party  hosting  and  support  services  to  meet  these  needs.  The  growing  and  evolving  cyber-risk  environment 
means that individuals, companies, and organizations of all sizes, including ourselves and our hosting and support 
partners, are increasingly vulnerable to attacks and disruptions on their networks and systems by a wide range of 
actors  on  an  ongoing  and  regular  basis.  We  also  design  and  manage  IT  systems  and  products  that  contain  IT 
systems  for  various  customers,  and  generally  face  the  same  threats  for  these  systems  as  for  our  own  internal 
systems. 

We maintain information security tools and technologies, staff, policies and procedures for managing risk to our 
networks  and  information  systems,  and  conduct  employee  training  on  cyber-security  to  mitigate  persistent  and 
continuously evolving cyber-security threats. Our network security controls are comprised of administrative, physical 
and  technical  controls,  which  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  the  implementation  of  firewalls,  anti-virus  protection, 
patches, log monitors, routine backups, off-site storage, network audits and other routine updates and modifications.  
We  also  routinely  monitor  and  develop  our  internal  information  technology  systems  to  address  risks  to  our 
information systems. Despite our implementation of these and other security measures and those of our third-party 
vendors,  our  systems  are  vulnerable  to  damages  from  computer  viruses,  natural  disasters,  unauthorized  access 
and  other  similar  disruptions  and  attacks  that  continue  to  emerge  and  evolve.  Any  system  failure,  accident  or 
security breach could result in disruptions to our business processes, network degradation, and system down time, 
along  with  the  potential  that  a  third-party  will  gain  unauthorized  access  to,  or  acquire  intellectual  property, 
proprietary business information, and data related to our employees, customers, suppliers, and business partners, 
including personal data.  To the extent that any disruption, degradation, downtime or other security event results in a 
loss or damage to our data or systems, or in inappropriate disclosure of confidential or personal information, it could 
adversely  impact  us  and  our  clients,  potentially  resulting  in,  among  other  things,  financial  losses,  our  inability  to 
transact  business  on  behalf  of  our  clients,  adverse  impact  on  our  brand  and  reputation,  violations  of  applicable 
privacy  and  other  laws,  regulatory  fines,  penalties,  litigation,  reputational  damage,  reimbursement  or  other 
compensation  costs,  and/or  additional  compliance  costs.  We  may  also  incur  additional  costs  related  to  cyber-
security  risk  management  and  remediation.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  we  or  our  service  providers,  if 
applicable, will not suffer losses relating to cyber-attacks or other information security breaches in the future or that 
our insurance coverage will be adequate to cover all the costs resulting from such events. No assurances can be 
given that our efforts to reduce the risk of such attacks will be successful.

21

Table of Contents

The COVID-19 pandemic may adversely affect our systems, and the health of members of our internal IT team 
who  monitor  and  address  the  cyber  threats  and  attacks  against  VIAVI.  In  particular,  the  internet  is  currently 
experiencing an increase in cyber threats during the COVID-19 pandemic in the form of phishing emails, malware 
attachments  and  malicious  websites  which  seemingly  offer  information  regarding  COVID-19.  We  have  employed 
efforts to mitigate any potential impact that could result from increased cyber threats and the loss of members of our 
internal  IT  team  and  by  providing  our  employees  with  enhanced  awareness  materials  and  training,  updating  our 
business continuity plans, and cross training staff.

Failure to maintain satisfactory compliance with certain privacy and data protections laws and regulations 
may subject us to substantial negative financial consequences and civil or criminal penalties.

Complex  local,  state,  national,  foreign,  and  international  laws  and  regulations  apply  to  the  collection,  use, 
retention, protection, disclosure, transfer, and other processing of personal data. These privacy laws and regulations 
are quickly evolving, with new or modified laws and regulations proposed and implemented frequently and existing 
laws and regulations subject to new or different interpretations. In addition, our legal and regulatory obligations in 
jurisdictions  outside  of  the  U.S.  are  subject  to  unexpected  changes,  including  the  potential  for  regulatory  or  other 
governmental  entities  to  enact  new  or  additional  laws  or  regulations,  to  issue  rulings  that  invalidate  prior  laws  or 
regulations, or to increase penalties significantly. Complying with these laws and regulations can be costly and can 
impede the development and offering of new products and services. For example, the E.U. General Data Protection 
Regulation  (GDPR),  which  became  effective  in  May  2018,  imposes  stringent  data  protection  requirements  and 
provides  for  significant  penalties  for  noncompliance.  Additionally,  California  enacted  legislation,  the  California 
Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA), which became effective January 1, 2020. The CCPA requires, among other things, 
covered companies to provide new disclosures to California consumers, and allow such consumers new abilities to 
opt-out  of  certain  sales  of  personal  data.  The  CCPA  also  provides  for  civil  penalties  for  violations,  as  well  as  a 
private  right  of  action  for  data  breaches  that  may  increase  data  breach  litigation.  Further,  the  California  Privacy 
Rights Act  (CPRA)  recently  passed  in  California.  The  CPRA  will  impose  additional  data  protection  obligations  on 
covered  businesses,  including  additional  consumer  rights,  limitations  on  data  uses,  new  audit  requirements  for 
higher risk data, and opt outs for certain uses of sensitive data. It will also create a new California data protection 
agency authorized to issue regulations and could result in increased privacy and information security enforcement. 
The  majority  of  the  provisions  will  go  into  effect  on  January  1,  2023,  and  additional  compliance  investment  and 
business  process  changes  may  be  required. The  CPRA  may  result  in  further  uncertainty  and  would  require  us  to 
incur  additional  expenditures  to  comply.  Several  other  states  have  signed  into  law  or  are  intending  to  enact  laws 
relating to personal information. The U.S. federal government may also pass data privacy laws. These regulations 
and  legislative  developments  have  potentially  far-reaching  consequences  and  may  require  us  to  modify  our  data 
management practices and incur substantial compliance expense.

Our  failure  to  comply  with  applicable  laws  and  regulations  or  other  obligations  to  which  we  may  be  subject 
relating  to  personal  data,  or  to  protect  personal  data  from  unauthorized  access,  use,  or  other  processing,  could 
result in enforcement actions and regulatory investigations against us, claims for damages by customers and other 
affected  individuals,  fines,  damage  to  our  reputation,  and  loss  of  goodwill,  any  of  which  could  have  a  material 
adverse effect on our operations, financial performance, and business.

If  we  have  insufficient  proprietary  rights  or  if  we  fail  to  protect  those  we  have,  our  business  would  be 
materially harmed. Our intellectual property rights may not be adequate to protect our products or product 
roadmaps.

We seek to protect our products and our product roadmaps in part by developing and/or securing proprietary 
rights  relating  to  those  products,  including  patents,  trade  secrets,  know-how  and  continuing  technological 
innovation. The steps taken by us to protect our intellectual property may not adequately prevent misappropriation 
or ensure that others will not develop competitive technologies or products. Other companies may be investigating 
or developing other technologies that are similar to our own. It is possible that patents may not be issued from any 
of our pending applications or those we may file in the future and, if patents are issued, the claims allowed may not 
be sufficiently broad to deter or prohibit others from making, using or selling products that are similar to ours. We do 
not own patents in every country in which we sell or distribute our products, and thus others may be able to offer 
identical products in countries where we do not have intellectual property protection. In addition, the laws of some 
territories in which our products are or may be developed, manufactured or sold, including Europe, Asia-Pacific or 
Latin America, may not protect our products and intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the 
United States.

22

Table of Contents

Any  patents  issued  to  us  may  be  challenged,  invalidated  or  circumvented.  Additionally,  we  are  currently  a 
licensee in all of our operating segments for a number of third-party technologies, software and intellectual property 
rights from academic institutions, our competitors and others, and are required to pay royalties to these licensors for 
the  use  thereof.  Unless  we  are  able  to  obtain  such  licenses  on  commercially  reasonable  terms,  patents  or  other 
intellectual property held by others could inhibit our development of new products, impede the sale of some of our 
current  products,  substantially  increase  the  cost  to  provide  these  products  to  our  customers,  and  could  have  a 
significant adverse impact on our operating results. In the past, licenses generally have been available to us where 
third-party  technology  was  necessary  or  useful  for  the  development  or  production  of  our  products.  In  the  future 
licenses to third-party technology may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.

Our products may be subject to claims that they infringe the intellectual property rights of others.

Lawsuits and allegations of patent infringement and violation of other intellectual property rights occur in our 
industry on a regular basis. We have received in the past, and anticipate that we will receive in the future, notices 
from third parties claiming that our products infringe their proprietary rights. Over the past several years there has 
been a marked increase in the number and potential severity of third-party patent infringement claims, primarily from 
two  distinct  sources.  First,  large  technology  companies,  including  some  of  our  customers  and  competitors,  are 
seeking to monetize their patent portfolios and have developed large internal organizations that have approached 
us with demands to enter into license agreements. Second, patent-holding companies, entities that do not make or 
sell  products  (often  referred  to  as  “patent  trolls”),  have  claimed  that  our  products  infringe  upon  their  proprietary 
rights.  We  will  continue  to  respond  to  these  claims  in  the  course  of  our  business  operations.  In  the  past,  the 
resolution of these disputes has not had a material adverse impact on our business or financial condition; however, 
this may not be the case in the future. Further, the litigation or settlement of these matters, regardless of the merit of 
the  claims,  could  result  in  significant  expense  to  us  and  divert  the  efforts  of  our  technical  and  management 
personnel,  whether  or  not  we  are  successful.  If  we  are  unsuccessful,  we  could  be  required  to  expend  significant 
resources  to  develop  non-infringing  technology  or  to  obtain  licenses  to  the  technology  that  is  the  subject  of  the 
litigation.  We  may  not  be  successful  in  such  development,  or  such  licenses  may  not  be  available  on  terms 
acceptable to us, if at all. Without such a license, we could be enjoined from future sales of the infringing product or 
products, which could adversely affect our revenues and operating results.

The  use  of  open-source  software  in  our  products,  as  well  as  those  of  our  suppliers,  manufacturers  and 
customers, may expose us to additional risks and harm our intellectual property position.

Certain  of  the  software  and/or  firmware  that  we  use  and  distribute  (as  well  as  that  of  our  suppliers, 
manufacturers and customers) may be, be derived from, or contain, “open source” software, which is software that 
is  generally  made  available  to  the  public  by  its  authors  and/or  other  third  parties.  Such  open-source  software  is 
often made available under licenses which impose obligations in the event the software or derivative works thereof 
are  distributed  or  re-distributed.  These  obligations  may  require  us  to  make  source  code  for  the  derivative  works 
available to the public, and/or license such derivative works under a particular type of license, rather than the forms 
of  license  customarily  used  to  protect  our  own  software  products.  While  we  believe  we  have  complied  with  our 
obligations under the various applicable licenses for open-source software, in the event that a court rules that these 
licenses are unenforceable, or in the event the copyright holder of any open source software were to successfully 
establish in court that we had not complied with the terms of a license for a particular work, we could be required to 
release  the  source  code  of  that  work  to  the  public  and/or  stop  distribution  of  that  work. Additionally,  open-source 
licenses are subject to occasional revision. In the event future iterations of open-source software are made available 
under a revised license, such license revisions may adversely affect our ability to use such future iterations.

23

Table of Contents

Environmental, Social and Governance Risks 

We may be subject to environmental liabilities which could increase our expenses and harm our operating 
results.

We are subject to various federal, state and foreign laws and regulations governing the environment, including 
those  governing  pollution  and  protection  of  human  health  and  the  environment  and,  recently,  those  restricting  the 
presence  of  certain  substances  in  electronic  products  and  holding  producers  of  those  products  financially 
responsible for the collection, treatment, recycling and disposal of certain products. Such laws and regulations have 
been passed in several jurisdictions in which we operate, are often complex and are subject to frequent changes. 
We  will  need  to  ensure  that  we  comply  with  such  laws  and  regulations  as  they  are  enacted,  as  well  as  all 
environmental laws and regulations, and as appropriate or required, that our component suppliers also comply with 
such laws and regulations. If we fail to comply with such laws, we could face sanctions for such noncompliance, and 
our customers may refuse to purchase our products, which would have a materially adverse effect on our business, 
financial condition and results of operations.

With respect to compliance with environmental laws and regulations in general, we have incurred, and in the 
future could incur, substantial costs for the cleanup of contaminated properties, either those we own or operate or to 
which we have sent wastes in the past, or to comply with such environmental laws and regulations. Additionally, we 
could  be  subject  to  disruptions  to  our  operations  and  logistics  as  a  result  of  such  clean-up  or  compliance 
obligations. If we were found to be in violation of these laws, we could be subject to governmental fines and liability 
for  damages  resulting  from  such  violations.  If  we  have  to  make  significant  capital  expenditures  to  comply  with 
environmental laws, or if we are subject to significant expenditures in connection with a violation of these laws, our 
financial condition or operating results could be materially adversely impacted.

Natural Disasters and Catastrophic Events

We  operate  in  geographic  regions  which  face  a  number  of  climate  and  environmental  challenges.  Our  new 
corporate headquarters are located in Scottsdale, Arizona, a desert climate, subject to extreme heat and drought. 
The geographic location of our Northern California offices and production facilities subject them to earthquake and 
wildfire risks. It is impossible to predict the timing, magnitude or location of such natural disasters or their impacts on 
the local economy and on our operations. If a major earthquake, wildfire or other natural disaster were to damage or 
destroy our facilities or manufacturing equipment, we may experience potential impacts ranging from production and 
shipping delays to lost profits and revenues. In October 2017 and again in October 2019, we temporarily closed our 
Santa Rosa, California facility resulting in production stoppage, due to wildfires in the region and the facility’s close 
proximity to the wildfire evacuation zone. The location of our production facility could subject us to production delays 
and/or  equipment  and  property  damage.  Moreover,  in  October  2019,  Pacific  Gas  and  Electric  (PG&E),  the  public 
electric utility in our Northern California region, commenced planned widespread blackouts during the peak wildfire 
season  to  avoid  and  contain  wildfires  sparked  during  strong  wind  events  by  downed  power  lines  or  equipment 
failure. While we have not experienced damage to our facilities or a material disruption to operations as a result of 
these  power  outages,  ongoing  blackouts,  particularly  if  prolonged  or  frequent,  could  impact  our  operations  going 
forward.

Management Transitions and Talent Retention Create Uncertainties and Could Harm our Business.

Amar Maletira became our Chief Financial Officer in September 2015. Mr. Maletira announced his resignation 
effective  November  20,  2020  to  pursue  a  new  opportunity  and  the  Company  appointed  an  interim  CFO  while 
commencing  a  formal  search  for  Mr.  Maletira’s  successor.  In  March  2021,  Henk  Derksen  joined  the  Company  as 
CFO. Management changes could adversely impact our results of operations and our customer relationships and 
may make recruiting for future management positions more difficult. Our executives and other key personnel are at-
will employees and we generally do not have employment or non-compete agreements with our other employees, 
and we cannot assure you that we will be able to retain them. Competition for people with the specific technical and 
other skills we require is significant. Moreover, we may face new and unanticipated difficulties in attracting, retaining 
and  motivating  employees  in  connection  with  the  recent  change  of  our  headquarters  to  Scottsdale,  Arizona, 
effective  January  1,  2021.  If  we  are  unable  to  attract  and  retain  qualified  executives  and  employees,  or  to 
successfully  integrate  any  newly  hired  personnel  within  our  organization,  we  may  be  unable  to  achieve  our 
operating objectives, which could negatively impact our financial performance and results of operations.

24

Table of Contents

Risks Related to our Liquidity and Indebtedness

Any deterioration or disruption of the capital and credit markets may adversely affect our access to sources 
of funding.

Global economic conditions have caused and may cause volatility and disruptions in the capital and credit 
markets. When the capital or credit markets deteriorate or are disrupted, our ability to incur additional indebtedness 
to  fund  a  portion  of  our  working  capital  needs  and  other  general  corporate  purposes,  or  to  refinance  maturing 
obligations  as  they  become  due,  may  be  constrained.  In  the  event  that  we  were  to  seek  to  access  the  capital 
markets  or  other  sources  of  financing,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  we  will  be  able  to  obtain  financing  on 
acceptable  terms  or  within  an  acceptable  time,  if  at  all.  We  may  seek  to  access  the  capital  or  credit  markets 
whenever conditions are favorable, even if we do not have an immediate need for additional capital at that time. Our 
access  to  the  financial  markets  and  the  pricing  and  terms  we  receive  in  the  financial  markets  could  be  adversely 
impacted by various factors, including changes in financial markets and interest rates. In addition, if we do access 
the capital or credit markets, agreements governing any borrowing arrangement could contain covenants restricting 
our operations.

In March 2017, we issued $460.0 million of 1.00% Senior Convertible Notes due 2024, and in May 2018 we 
issued $225.0 million of 1.75% Senior Convertible Notes due 2023. The issuance of the Notes increases our 
overall leverage and could dilute our existing stockholders and lower our reported earnings per share. 

We issued $460.0 million of indebtedness in March 2017 in the form of 1.00% Senior Convertible Notes due 
2024  (the  2024  Notes).  In  May  2018,  we  issued  $225.0  million  of  indebtedness  in  the  form  of  1.75%  Senior 
Convertible Notes due 2023 (the 2023 Notes, and, together with the 2024 Notes, the Notes). The issuance of the 
Notes  substantially  increased  our  principal  payment  obligations.  The  degree  to  which  we  are  leveraged  could 
materially and adversely affect our ability to successfully obtain financing for working capital, acquisitions or other 
purposes  and  could  make  us  more  vulnerable  to  industry  downturns  and  competitive  pressures.  In  addition,  the 
holders of the Notes are entitled to convert the Notes into shares of our common stock or a combination of cash and 
shares  of  common  stock  under  certain  circumstances  which  would  dilute  our  existing  stockholders  and  lower  our 
reported per share earnings.

During  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2021,  the  closing  price  of  our  common  stock  exceeded  130%  of  the 
applicable conversion price of the 2024 Notes, on at least 20 of the last 30 consecutive trading days of the quarter, 
causing  the  2024  Notes  to  be  convertible  by  their  holders  for  the  period  of  July  1,  2021  to  September  30,  2021, 
resulting in a reclassification of the 2024 Notes to short-term debt. Settlement of conversion of the 2024 Notes is in 
cash  for  the  principal  amount  and,  if  applicable,  cash  and/or  shares  of  our  common  stock  for  any  conversion 
premium at our election. 

Our ability to make payments on our indebtedness when due, to make payments upon conversion with respect 
to our convertible senior notes or to refinance our indebtedness as we may need or desire, depends on our future 
performance  and  our  ability  to  generate  cash  flow  from  operations,  which  is  subject  to  economic,  financial, 
competitive and other factors beyond our control. If we are unable to generate such cash flow, we may be required 
to adopt one or more alternatives, such as reducing or delaying investments or capital expenditures, selling assets, 
refinancing  or  obtaining  additional  equity  capital  on  terms  that  may  be  onerous  or  highly  dilutive.  We  may  not  be 
able to engage in these activities on desirable terms or at all, which may result in a default on our existing or future 
indebtedness and harm our financial condition and operating results.

25

Table of Contents

The elimination of LIBOR after June 2023 may affect our financial results.

All  LIBOR  tenors  relevant  to  us  will  cease  to  be  published  or  will  no  longer  be  representative  after  June  30, 
2023.  This  means  that  any  of  our  LIBOR-based  borrowings  that  extend  beyond  June  30,  2023  will  need  to  be 
converted to a replacement rate. In the U.S., the Alternative Reference Rates Committee (AARC), a committee of 
private  sector  entities  convened  by  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  and  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank  of  New York,  has 
recommended the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) plus a recommended spread adjustment as LIBOR's 
replacement.  There  are  significant  differences  between  LIBOR  and  SOFR,  such  as  LIBOR  being  an  unsecured 
lending rate while SOFR is a secured lending rate, and SOFR is an overnight rate while LIBOR reflects term rates at 
different  maturities.  If  our  LIBOR-based  borrowings  are  converted  to  SOFR,  the  differences  between  LIBOR  and 
SOFR,  plus  the  recommended  spread  adjustment,  could  result  in  interest  costs  that  are  higher  than  if  LIBOR 
remained  available,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  operating  results.  Although  SOFR  is  the 
ARRC's  recommended  replacement  rate,  it  is  also  possible  that  lenders  may  instead  choose  alternative 
replacement rates that may differ from LIBOR in ways similar to SOFR or in other ways that would result in higher 
interest costs for us. It is not yet possible to predict the magnitude of LIBOR's end on our borrowing costs given the 
remaining uncertainty about which rates will replace LIBOR.

Tax Risks

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards to offset future taxable income may be subject to 
certain limitations.

Utilization  of  our  NOLs  and  tax  credit  carryforwards  may  be  subject  to  a  substantial  annual  limitation  if  the 
ownership change limitations under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code and similar state provisions 
are triggered by changes in the ownership of our capital stock. In general, an ownership change occurs if there is a 
cumulative change in our ownership by “5-percent shareholders” that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling 
three-year  period.  Similar  rules  may  apply  under  state  tax  laws.  Accordingly,  purchases  of  our  capital  stock  by 
others could limit our ability to utilize our NOLs and tax credit carryforwards in the future.

Furthermore,  we  may  not  be  able  to  generate  sufficient  taxable  income  to  utilize  our  NOLs  and  tax  credit 
carryforwards  before  they  expire.  Due  to  uncertainty  regarding  the  timing  and  extent  of  our  future  profitability,  we 
continue to record a valuation allowance to offset our U.S. and certain of our foreign deferred tax assets because of 
uncertainty related to our ability to utilize our NOLs and tax credit carryforwards before they expire.

If any of these events occur, we may not derive some or all of the expected benefits from our NOLs and tax 

credit carryforwards.

General Risks

Failure to maintain effective internal controls may adversely affect our stock price.

Effective  internal  controls  are  necessary  for  us  to  provide  reliable  financial  reports  and  to  effectively  prevent 
fraud.  We are required to annually evaluate the effectiveness of the design and operation of our internal controls 
over  financial  reporting.  Based  on  these  evaluations,  we  may  conclude  that  enhancements,  modifications,  or 
changes to internal controls are necessary or desirable. In addition, our independent registered public accounting 
firm must report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. While management evaluates 
the effectiveness of our internal controls on a regular basis, these controls may not always be effective. A material 
weakness  in  our  internal  controls  has  been  identified  in  the  past,  and  we  cannot  assure  you  that  we  or  our 
independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  will  not  identify  a  material  weakness  in  our  internal  controls  in  the 
future.  A  material  weakness  in  our  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting  would  require  management  and  our 
independent registered public accounting firm to evaluate our internal controls as ineffective. If our internal controls 
over  financial  reporting  are  not  considered  effective,  we  may  experience  a  loss  of  public  confidence,  which  could 
have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  the  market  price  of  our  common  stock  and  other 
securities.

26

Table of Contents

Impairment  in  the  carrying  value  of  goodwill  or  other  assets  could  negatively  affect  our  results  of 
operations or net worth.

We  have  significant  long-lived  assets  recorded  on  our  balance  sheet.  We  evaluate  intangible  assets  and 
goodwill for impairment at least annually, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
value  may  not  be  recoverable.  We  monitor  factors  or  indicators,  such  as  unfavorable  variances  from  forecasted 
cash flows, established business plans or volatility inherent to external markets and industries that would require an 
impairment test. We have in the past and may in the future experience impairment charges to goodwill.  The amount 
of any impairment charge could be significant and could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition 
and results of operations for the period in which the charge is taken. In addition, the economic disruptions caused 
by  the  COVID-19  pandemic  could  also  adversely  impact  the  impairment  risks  for  certain  long-lived  assets,  equity 
method  investments  and  goodwill.  Refer  to  Note  9  and  Note  10  of  the  Notes  to  the  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements and “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” in Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  for  further  discussion  of  the  impairment  testing  of  goodwill  and  long-lived 
assets.

Our actual operating results may differ significantly from our guidance.

We  release  guidance  in  our  quarterly  earnings  conference  calls,  quarterly  earnings  releases,  or  otherwise, 
regarding  our  future  performance  that  represents  our  management’s  estimates  as  of  the  date  of  release.  This 
guidance, which includes forward-looking statements, will be based on projections prepared by our management. 

Such projections are based upon a number of assumptions and estimates that, while presented with numerical 
specificity, are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, 
many  of  which  are  beyond  our  control  and  are  based  upon  specific  assumptions  with  respect  to  future  business 
decisions, some of which will change. 

Guidance  is  necessarily  speculative  in  nature,  and  it  can  be  expected  that  some  or  all  of  the  assumptions 
underlying the guidance furnished by us will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results. Accordingly, 
our guidance is only an estimate of what management believes is realizable as of the date of release. Actual results 
may vary from our guidance and the variations may be material. In light of the foregoing, investors are urged not to 
rely upon our guidance in making an investment decision regarding our common stock.

Any  failure  to  successfully  implement  our  operating  strategy  or  the  occurrence  of  any  of  the  events  or 
circumstances set forth in this “Risk Factors” section in this Annual Report on Form 10-K could result in the actual 
operating results being different from our guidance, and the differences may be adverse and material.

Certain provisions in our charter and under Delaware laws could hinder a takeover attempt.

We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law prohibiting, under 
some  circumstances,  publicly-held  Delaware  corporations  from  engaging  in  business  combinations  with  some 
stockholders for a specified period of time without the approval of the holders of substantially all of our outstanding 
voting  stock.  Such  provisions  could  delay  or  impede  the  removal  of  incumbent  directors  and  could  make  more 
difficult  a  merger,  tender  offer  or  proxy  contest  involving  us,  even  if  such  events  could  be  beneficial,  in  the  short-
term, to the interests of the stockholders. In addition, such provisions could limit the price that some investors might 
be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain 
provisions providing for the limitations of liability and indemnification of our directors and officers, allowing vacancies 
on  our  Board  of  Directors  to  be  filled  by  the  vote  of  a  majority  of  the  remaining  directors,  granting  our  Board  of 
Directors the authority to establish additional series of preferred stock and to designate the rights, preferences and 
privileges  of  such  shares  (commonly  known  as  “blank  check  preferred”)  and  providing  that  our  stockholders  can 
take  action  only  at  a  duly  called  annual  or  special  meeting  of  stockholders,  which  may  only  be  called  by  the 
Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors. These provisions may also have the 
effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or change in our management.

27

Table of Contents

We face certain litigation risks that could harm our business.

We are and may become subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in or outside the ordinary 
course  of  business.  The  results  of  complex  legal  proceedings  are  difficult  to  predict.  Moreover,  many  of  the 
complaints filed against us do not specify the amount of damages that plaintiffs seek, and we therefore are unable 
to  estimate  the  possible  range  of  damages  that  might  be  incurred  should  these  lawsuits  be  resolved  against  us. 
While we are unable to estimate the potential damages arising from such lawsuits, certain of them assert types of 
claims  that,  if  resolved  against  us,  could  give  rise  to  substantial  damages.  Thus,  an  unfavorable  outcome  or 
settlement of one or more of these lawsuits could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, liquidity 
and  results  of  operations.  Even  if  these  lawsuits  are  not  resolved  against  us,  the  uncertainty  and  expense 
associated with unresolved lawsuits could seriously harm our business, financial condition and reputation. Litigation 
is costly, time-consuming and disruptive to normal business operations. The costs of defending these lawsuits have 
been significant, will continue to be costly and may not be covered by our insurance policies. The defense of these 
lawsuits  could  also  result  in  continued  diversion  of  our  management’s  time  and  attention  away  from  business 
operations, which could harm our business. For additional discussion regarding litigation, see “Legal Proceedings” 
in Note 18. Commitments and Contingencies in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8.

28

Table of Contents

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None.

ITEM 2.      PROPERTIES 

Not applicable.

ITEM 3.     LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

The information set forth under the heading “Legal Proceedings” in Note 18. Commitments and Contingencies 

in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 4.     MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

29

Table of Contents

PART II 

ITEM 5.    MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND 
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol (VIAV). The closing price 

on July 31, 2021, was $16.69. 

As of July 31, 2021, we had 2,072 holders of record of our common stock. We have not paid cash dividends on 

our common stock and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

During fiscal 2021, we repurchased and retired shares of our common stock pursuant to the stock repurchase 

program authorized by the Board of Directors. Refer to “Note 15. Stockholders' Equity” of Item 8 for more details. 

STOCK PERFORMANCE GRAPH

The information contained in the following graph shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” 
with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  nor  shall  such  information  be  incorporated  by  reference  into  any 
future filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, 
except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by reference in such filing.

The following graph and table set forth the total cumulative return, assuming reinvestment of dividends, on an 
investment of $100 in June 2016 and ending June 2021 in: (i) our Common Stock, (ii) the S&P 500 Index, (iii) the 
Nasdaq  Stock  Market  (U.S.)  Index,  and  (iv)  the  Nasdaq  Telecommunications  Index.  Historical  stock  price 
performance is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance. 

*$100 invested on 6/30/16 in stock or index.

30

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*VIAVIS&P 500Nasdaq CompositeNasdaq Telecommunication6/20166/20176/20186/20196/20206/2021$50$100$150$200$250$300$350$400$450Table of Contents

VIAVI

S&P 500

Nasdaq Composite

Nasdaq Telecommunications

6/2016

6/2017

6/2018

6/2019

6/2020

6/2021

$ 100.00  $ 158.82  $ 154.45  $ 200.45  $ 188.54  $ 263.50 

$ 100.00  $ 115.46  $ 129.52  $ 140.16  $ 143.37  $ 207.37 

$ 100.00  $ 126.80  $ 155.09  $ 165.33  $ 201.48  $ 302.30 

$ 100.00  $ 113.80  $ 134.59  $ 158.43  $ 161.18  $ 205.28 

31

Table of Contents

ITEM 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Pursuant  to  the  amendments  adopted  to  eliminate  the  requirements  under  Item  301  of  Regulation  S-K,  we 

have omitted selected historical financial data for our business over the last five fiscal year periods.

32

Table of Contents

ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with 
the  financial  statements  and  the  notes  thereto  included  elsewhere  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.  The 
following  discussion  contains  forward-looking  statements  that  reflect  our  plans,  estimates  and  beliefs.  Our  actual 
results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or 
contribute to these differences include those discussed below and in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, particularly 
in “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements.”

Our Industries and Developments

Viavi Solutions Inc. (VIAVI, also referred to as the Company, we, our, and us) is a global provider of network 
test,  monitoring  and  assurance  solutions  for  communications  service  providers  (CSPs),  enterprises,  network 
equipment  manufacturers  (NEMs),  original  equipment  manufacturers  (OEMs),  government  and  avionics.  We  help 
these  customers  harness  the  power  of  instruments,  automation,  intelligence  and  virtualization  to  Command  the 
network. VIAVI is also a leader in management solutions for 3D sensing, anti-counterfeiting, consumer electronics, 
industrial, aerospace, automotive and medical applications.

To serve our markets, during fiscal 2021 we operated the following business segments:

• Network Enablement (NE);

• Service Enablement (SE); and

• Optical Security and Performance Products (OSP).

Refer to “Item 1 Business” for information related to our business segments.

COVID-19 Pandemic Update

The  COVID-19  pandemic  has  prompted  authorities  worldwide  to  implement  measures  to  contain  the  virus, 
which  include  and  are  not  limited  to,  travel  bans  and  restrictions,  quarantines,  shelter-in-place  orders,  temporary 
business  closures  among  others.  The  COVID-19  pandemic  and  these  aforementioned  measures,  have  had  and 
continue to have, a substantial macroeconomic impact on businesses and economies worldwide. These conditions 
may continue and could result in an adverse impact to our operations.

Worldwide  distribution  by  central  governments  of  the  vaccines  commenced  in  late  2020.  There  have  been 
logistical and operational challenges with the rollout and global demand for the vaccine has far exceeded supply. It 
will take some time for the global population to receive vaccines, allowing for widespread immunity to develop. At 
the same time, new and potentially more contagious variants of the virus are developing in several countries and 
regions in which we operate.

Our priority during the COVID-19 pandemic has remained focused on protecting the health and safety of our 
employees, customers, suppliers, and communities, including implementing early and regular updates to our health 
and safety policies and procedures. We continued to follow the strict COVID-19 pandemic protocols as required by 
local, state and federal guidelines during the fiscal first half of 2021 and began to relax these restrictions based on 
government guidelines during the fiscal second half 2021. These COVID-19 pandemic protocols have not thus far 
had  a  substantial  net  impact  on  our  liquidity  position.  We  continue  to  generate  operating  cash  flows  to  meet  our 
short-term liquidity needs, and we expect to maintain access to the capital markets. To date, we have not observed 
any material or materially adverse indication of impairments under the authoritative guidance, to any of our assets 
or a significant change to the fair value of assets due to the COVID-19 pandemic.

33

Table of Contents

We  have  experienced  and  may  continue  to  experience  disruption  of  our  facilities,  suppliers  and  contract 
manufacturers,  which  has  impacted  and  may  continue  to  negatively  impact  our  sales  and  operating  results.  In 
addition, we have experienced and may continue  to  experience shipping and logistics challenges as many of our 
customers have also closed their facilities and are operating under similar restrictions. NSE has experienced some 
impact to customer demand. Customer demand will continue to be challenging to calibrate, due to the nature and 
timing  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic.  In  addition,  we  operate  a  shared  services  center  in  Pune,  India  that  provides 
important finance and IT support services. The recent substantial increase of reported COVID-19 transmission rates 
in that country due to the emergence of a more virulent variant of the virus has led to a significant spike in illness 
and death rates. If the situation in India does not improve, our operations and employees there could be negatively 
impacted. We will continue to take the measures described above to ensure the health and safety of our employees 
and those they come in contact with.

We  have  a  global  supply  chain  footprint  with  our  primary  manufacturing  partners  located  in  China,  France, 
Germany, United Kingdom and the United States. We have experienced increased freight and logistics costs due to 
supply  chain  shortages  resulting  in  extended  lead  times  with  respect  to  our  NE  Field  Instrument  products.  Our 
supply chain team has been working to meet our customer needs by executing on a risk mitigation plan, including 
multi-sourcing, pre-ordering components, transforming our logistics network, prioritizing critical customers, working 
with local government agencies to understand challenges, and partnering on solutions that limit disruptions to our 
operations  while  ensuring  the  safety  of  our  employees,  partners  and  suppliers.  Nonetheless,  surges  in  infection 
rate, new shutdowns, emergence of new and potentially more contagious variants of the virus and the slow pace of 
vaccine  rollout  may  impact  our  suppliers  and  our  ability  to  source  materials  in  a  timely  manner.  COVID-19  has 
brought  unprecedented  challenges,  we  believe  that  we  have  a  robust  and  adaptable  supply  chain.  While  our 
industry faced supply chain challenges resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic such as diminished manufacturing 
capacity  and  materials  shortages  resulted  in  extended  lead-times,  increased  logistics  costs,  and  product  volume 
impact these factors did not materially impact our business in fiscal year 2021.

While  capital  markets  and  worldwide  economies  have  stabilized  and  recovered  since  being  significantly 
impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, on June 8, 2020 the National Bureau of Economic Research announced that 
the U.S. was in a recession. As the pandemic spread across the globe in Spring 2020, there was a tightening of the 
credit markets. We entered into a $300 million secured credit facility in May 2020 to strengthen our liquidity position 
but  have  not  drawn  on  this  facility  to  date.  If  there  is  a  prolonged  global  recession,  we  could  face  future  liquidity 
challenges and may not be able to obtain additional financing on favorable terms or at all. 

Despite the continued challenges that we are facing due to the COVID-19 pandemic, we remain confident that 
the  actions  that  we  are  taking  to  manage  such  challenges,  combined  with  our  strong  liquidity,  position  us  well  to 
navigate  through  the  current  economic  environment  and  continue  to  execute  on  our  long-term  value  creation 
strategy. We expect our principal growth drivers, 5G Wireless, Fiber and 3D Sensing to continue driving growth and 
profitability in fiscal 2022.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

Refer to “Note 2. Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements” under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 

10-K, regarding the effect of certain recent accounting pronouncements on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles 
generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP), which require management to make judgments, 
estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities,  net  revenue  and  expenses, 
and  the  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities.  Our  estimates  are  based  on  historical  experience  and 
assumptions  that  we  believe  to  be  reasonable  under  the  circumstances,  the  results  of  which  form  the  basis  for 
making  judgments  about  the  carrying  values  of  assets  and  liabilities.  We  believe  that  the  accounting  estimates 
employed and the resulting balances are reasonable; however, actual results may differ from these estimates and 
such  differences  may  be  material.  We  believe  the  following  critical  accounting  policies  are  affected  by  significant 
estimates, assumptions or judgments used in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements.

34

Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

We derive revenue from a diverse portfolio of network solutions and optical technology products and services, 

as follows:

•

•

Products: NE and SE products include instruments, microprobes and perpetual software licenses that support 
the  development,  production,  maintenance  and  optimization  of  network  systems.  Our  OSP  products  include 
proprietary pigments used for optical security and product enhancement applications as well as optical filters 
and  Engineered  Diffusers™  used  in  a  range  of  applications  for  the  consumer  electronics,  government, 
automotive and industrial markets.

Services:  We  also  offer  a  range  of  product  support  and  professional  services  designed  to  comprehensively 
address  customer  requirements.  These  include  repair,  calibration,  extended  warranty,  software  support, 
technical  assistance,  training  and  consulting  services.  Implementation  services  provided  in  conjunction  with 
hardware or software solution projects include sale of the products along with project management, set-up and 
installation.

Steps of revenue recognition

We account for revenue in accordance with the revenue standard, in which the following five steps are applied 

to recognize revenue:

1.

2.

Identify the contract with a customer: Generally, we consider customer purchase orders which, in some cases 
are governed by master sales or other purchase agreements, to be the customer contract. All of the following 
criteria  must  be  met  before  we  consider  an  agreement  to  qualify  as  a  contract  with  a  customer  under  the 
revenue  standard:  (i)  it  must  be  approved  by  all  parties;  (ii)  each  party’s  rights  regarding  the  goods  and 
services  to  be  transferred  can  be  identified;  (iii)  the  payment  terms  for  the  goods  and  services  can  be 
identified;  (iv)  the  customer  has  the  ability  and  intent  to  pay  and  collection  of  substantially  all  of  the 
consideration  is  probable;  and,  (v)  the  agreement  has  commercial  substance.  We  exercise  reasonable 
judgment to determine the customer’s ability and intent to pay, which is based upon various factors, including 
the  customer’s  historical  payment  experience  or  credit  and  financial  information  and  credit  risk  management 
measures that we implement.

Identify  the  performance  obligations  in  the  contract:  We  assess  whether  each  promised  good  or  service  is 
distinct  for  the  purpose  of  identifying  the  various  performance  obligations  in  each  contract.  Promised  goods 
and services are considered distinct provided that: (i) the customer can benefit from the good or service either 
on its own or together with other resources that are readily available to the customer; and (ii) our promise to 
transfer  the  good  or  service  to  the  customer  is  separately  identifiable  or  distinct  from  other  promises  in  the 
contract.  Our  performance  obligations  consist  of  a  variety  of  products  and  services  offerings,  which  include 
networking  equipment;  proprietary  pigment;  optical  filters;  proprietary  software  licenses;  and  support  and 
maintenance,  which  includes  hardware  support  that  extends  beyond  our  standard  warranties,  software 
maintenance, installation, professional and implementation services, and training.

Identifying and evaluating whether products and services are considered distinct performance obligations may 
require  significant  judgment  particularly  in  NSE  due  to  the  underlying  nature  of  the  product  and  service 
offerings.  We  may  enter  into  contracts  that  involve  a  significant  level  of  integration  and  interdependency 
between  a  software  license  and  installation  services.  Judgment  may  be  required  to  determine  whether  the 
software  license  is  considered  distinct  in  the  context  of  the  contract  and  accounted  for  separately,  or  not 
distinct in the context of the contract and accounted for together with the installation service.

3. Determine the transaction price: Transaction price reflects the amount of consideration to which we expect to 
be  entitled  in  exchange  for  transferring  goods  or  services  to  the  customer.  Our  contracts  may  include  terms 
that  could  cause  variability  in  the  transaction  price,  including  rebates,  sales  returns,  market  incentives  and 
volume discounts. Variable consideration is generally accounted for at the portfolio level and estimated based 
on  historical  information.  If  a  contract  includes  a  variable  amount,  the  price  adjustments  are  estimated  at 
contract  inception.  In  both  cases,  estimates  are  updated  at  the  end  of  each  reporting  period  as  additional 
information becomes available.

35

Table of Contents

4.

Allocate  the  transaction  price  to  performance  obligations  in  the  contract:  If  the  contract  contains  a  single 
performance  obligation,  the  entire  transaction  price  is  allocated  to  that  performance  obligation.  Many  of  our 
contracts  include  multiple  performance  obligations  with  a  combination  of  distinct  products  and  services, 
maintenance and support, professional services and/or training. Contracts may also include rights or options to 
acquire future products and/or services, which are accounted for as separate performance obligations by us, 
only if the right or option provides the customer with a material right that it would not receive without entering 
into the contract. For contracts with multiple performance obligations, we allocate the total transaction value to 
each distinct performance obligation based on relative standalone selling price (SSP). Judgment is required to 
determine the SSP for each distinct performance obligation. The best evidence of SSP is the observable price 
of  a  good  or  service  when  we  sell  that  good  or  service  separately  under  similar  circumstances  to  similar 
customers. If a directly observable price is not available, the SSP must be estimated based on multiple factors 
including, but not limited to, historical pricing practices, internal costs, and profit objectives as well as overall 
market conditions.

5. Recognize revenue when (or as) performance obligations are satisfied: Revenue is recognized at the point in 
time  control  is  transferred  to  the  customer.  For  hardware  sales,  transfer  of  control  to  the  customer  typically 
occurs  at  the  point  the  product  is  shipped  or  delivered  to  the  customer’s  designated  location.  For  software 
license sales, transfer of control to the customer typically occurs upon shipment, electronic delivery, or when 
the  software  is  available  for  download  by  the  customer.  For  sales  of  implementation  service  and  solution 
contracts  or  in  instances  where  software  is  sold  along  with  essential  installation  services,  transfer  of  control 
occurs  and  revenue  is  typically  recognized  upon  customer  acceptance.  In  certain  instances,  acceptance  is 
deemed  to  have  occurred  if  all  acceptance  provisions  lapse,  or  if  we  have  evidence  that  all  acceptance 
provisions will be, or have been, satisfied. For fixed-price support and extended warranty contracts, or certain 
software  arrangements,  which  provide  customers  with  a  right  to  access  over  a  discrete  period,  control  is 
deemed to transfer over time and revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the contract term due to 
the stand-ready nature of the performance obligation. Revenue from hardware repairs and calibration services 
outside  of  an  extended  warranty  or  support  contract  is  recognized  at  the  time  of  completion  of  the  related 
service.  For  other  professional  services  or  time-based  labor  contracts,  revenue  is  recognized  as  we  perform 
the services and the customers receive and/or consume the benefits.

Business Combinations

We use the acquisition method of accounting under the authoritative guidance on business combinations. Each 
acquired company’s operating results are included in our Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on the date 
of  acquisition.  The  purchase  price  is  equivalent  to  the  fair  value  of  consideration  transferred.  Tangible  and 
identifiable  intangible  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  as  of  the  date  of  acquisition  are  recorded  at  their 
estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. Goodwill is recognized for the excess of purchase price over the net 
fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

The  allocation  of  purchase  price  requires  management  to  make  significant  estimates  and  assumptions  in 
determining the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. With respect to intangible assets, critical 
estimates in valuing intangible assets include, but are not limited to, future cash flows from customer relationships, 
developed technology, trade names, acquired patents and discount rates. Management estimates of fair value are 
based  upon  assumptions  believed  to  be  reasonable,  but  which  are  inherently  uncertain  and  unpredictable. 
Unanticipated events and circumstances may occur which may affect the accuracy or validity of such assumptions, 
estimates or actual results.

Goodwill Valuation

Goodwill  represents  the  excess  of  the  purchase  price  paid  over  the  net  fair  value  of  assets  acquired  and 
liabilities  assumed.  We  test  goodwill  for  impairment  at  the  reporting  unit  level  at  least  annually,  during  the  fourth 
quarter of each fiscal year, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstance indicate that the asset may be 
impaired.  

36

Table of Contents

The  accounting  guidance  provides  us  the  option  to  perform  a  qualitative  assessment  to  determine  whether 
further impairment testing is necessary. The qualitative assessment considers events and circumstances that might 
indicate  that  a  reporting  unit’s  fair  value  is  less  than  its  carry  amount.  These  events  and  circumstances  include 
macro-economic conditions, such as a significant adverse change in our operating environment, industry or market 
considerations;  entity-specific  events  such  as  increasing  costs,  declining  financial  performance,  or  loss  of  key 
personnel;  or  other  events,  such  as  the  sale  of  a  reporting  unit,  adverse  regulatory  developments  or  a  sustained 
decrease in our stock price.

If it is determined, as a result of the qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a 
reporting  unit  is  less  than  its  carrying  amount,  a  quantitative  test  is  required.  Otherwise,  no  further  testing  is 
required.

Under the quantitative test, if the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value 
of  that  goodwill,  an  impairment  loss  is  recorded  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations  as  impairment  of 
goodwill.  Measurement  of  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  is  based  on  one  or  more  of  the  following  fair  value 
measures: (i) using present value techniques of estimated future cash flows; (ii) using valuation techniques based 
on multiples of earnings or revenue; or, (iii) a similar performance measure.

Application  of  the  goodwill  impairment  test  requires  judgments,  including  identification  of  the  reporting  units, 
assigning assets and liabilities to reporting units, assigning goodwill to reporting units, a qualitative assessment to 
determine  whether  there  are  any  impairment  indicators  and  determining  the  fair  value  of  each  reporting  unit.  We 
generally estimate the fair value of a reporting unit using a combination of the income approach, which estimates 
the fair value based on the future discounted cash flows, and the market approach, which estimates the fair value 
based  on  comparable  market  prices.  Our  significant  estimates  in  the  income  approach  include  our  weighted 
average cost of capital, long-term rate of growth and profitability of the reporting unit’s business and working capital 
effects. The market approach estimates the fair value of the business based on a comparison of the reporting unit to 
comparable  publicly  traded  companies  in  similar  lines  of  business.  Significant  estimates  in  the  market  approach 
include identifying similar companies with comparable business factors such as size, growth, profitability, risk and 
return  on  investment,  and  assessing  comparable  revenue  and  operating  income  multiples  in  estimating  the  fair 
value of the reporting unit.

We base our estimates on historical experience and on various assumptions about the future that we believe 
are reasonable based on available information. Unanticipated events and circumstances may occur that affect the 
accuracy  of  our  assumptions,  estimates  and  judgments.  For  example,  if  the  price  of  our  common  stock  were  to 
significantly decrease combined with other adverse changes in market conditions, thus indicating that the underlying 
fair value of our reporting units may have decreased, we might be required to reassess the value of our goodwill in 
the period such circumstances were identified. 

In  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2021,  we  performed  the  goodwill  impairment  test  in  accordance  with  the 
authoritative  guidance  for  NE,  SE  and  OSP  reporting  units,  and  determined  no  indicator  of  impairment.  Refer  to 
“Note 9. Goodwill” under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information.

Income Taxes

In  accordance  with  the  authoritative  guidance  on  accounting  for  income  taxes,  we  recognize  income  taxes 
using an asset and liability approach. This approach requires the recognition of taxes payable or refundable for the 
current  year  and  deferred  tax  liabilities  and  assets  for  the  future  tax  consequences  of  events  that  have  been 
recognized  in  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  or  tax  returns.  The  measurement  of  current  and  deferred 
taxes is based on provisions of the enacted tax law and the effects of future changes in tax laws or rates are not 
anticipated.

37

Table of Contents

The authoritative guidance provides for recognition of deferred tax assets if the realization of such deferred tax 
assets  is  more  likely  than  not  to  occur  based  on  an  evaluation  of  both  positive  and  negative  evidence  and  the 
relative weight of the evidence. With the exception of certain international jurisdictions, we have determined that at 
this  time  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  deferred  tax  assets  attributable  to  the  remaining  jurisdictions  will  not  be 
realized, primarily due to uncertainties related to our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards before they 
expire. Accordingly, we have established a valuation allowance for such deferred tax assets. If there is a change in 
our  ability  to  realize  our  deferred  tax  assets  for  which  a  valuation  allowance  has  been  established,  then  our  tax 
provision may decrease in the period in which we determine that realization is more likely than not. Likewise, if we 
determine that it is not more likely than not that our deferred tax assets will be realized, then a valuation allowance 
may be established for such deferred tax assets and our tax provision may increase in the period in which we make 
the determination.

The authoritative guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes prescribes the recognition threshold 
and  measurement  attributes  for  financial  statement  recognition  and  measurement  of  a  tax  position  taken  or 
expected to be taken in a tax return. Additionally, it provides guidance on recognition, classification and disclosure of 
tax positions. We are subject to income tax audits by the respective tax authorities in all of the jurisdictions in which 
we  operate.  The  determination  of  tax  liabilities  in  each  of  these  jurisdictions  requires  the  interpretation  and 
application  of  complex  and  sometimes  uncertain  tax  laws  and  regulations.  We  recognize  liabilities  based  on  our 
estimate  of  whether,  and  the  extent  to  which,  additional  tax  liabilities  are  more  likely  than  not.  If  we  ultimately 
determine  that  the  payment  of  such  a  liability  is  not  necessary,  then  we  reverse  the  liability  and  recognize  a  tax 
benefit during the period in which the determination is made that the liability is no longer necessary.

The  recognition  and  measurement  of  current  taxes  payable  or  refundable  and  deferred  tax  assets  and 
liabilities  requires  that  we  make  certain  estimates  and  judgments.  Changes  to  these  estimates  or  a  change  in 
judgment may have a material impact on our tax provision in a future period.

Contingencies

We  are  subject  to  various  potential  loss  contingencies  arising  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business.  In 
determining a loss contingency, we consider the likelihood of loss or impairment of an asset or the incurrence of a 
liability,  as  well  as  its  ability  to  reasonably  estimate  the  amount  of  loss. An  estimated  loss  is  accrued  when  it  is 
probable that an asset has been impaired, a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably 
estimated.  We  regularly  evaluate  current  information  available  to  determine  whether  such  accruals  should  be 
adjusted and whether new accruals are required. 

Contingent  liabilities  include  contingent  consideration  in  connection  with  our  acquisitions,  which  represent 
earn-out  payments  recognized  at  fair  value  on  the  acquisition  date  and  remeasured  each  reporting  period  with 
subsequent adjustments recognized in the Selling, General and Administrative (SG&A) expense of our Consolidated 
Statements of Operations. Contingent consideration is valued using significant inputs that are not observable in the 
market  pursuant  to  fair  value  measurement  accounting.  While  we  believe  the  estimates  and  assumptions  are 
reasonable, there is significant judgment and uncertainty involved.

38

Table of Contents

Pursuant to instruction 1 of the instructions to paragraph 303(a) of Regulation S-K, discussion of the results of 
operations for the fiscal year ended June 27, 2020 and fiscal year ended June 29, 2019 has been omitted. Such 
omitted discussion can be found under Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and 
Results of Operations” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 27, 2020, filed with the 
SEC on August 24, 2020.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The  results  of  operations  for  the  current  period  are  not  necessarily  indicative  of  results  to  be  expected  for 
future  periods.  The  following  table  summarizes  selected  Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations  items  as  a 
percentage of net revenue:

Segment net revenue:

Network Enablement

Service Enablement

Optical Security and Performance

Net revenue

Cost of revenues

Amortization of acquired technologies

Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Research and development

Selling, general and administrative

Amortization of other intangibles

Restructuring and related (benefits) charges

Total operating expenses

Income from operations

Interest income and other income, net

Interest expense
Income from continuing operations before income taxes

Provision for income taxes

Income from continuing operations, net of taxes

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of taxes

July 3, 2021

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

Years Ended

 62.3 %

 65.7 %

 65.3 %

 7.6 

 30.1 
 100.0 

 37.6 

 2.8 

 59.6 

 16.9 

 28.2 

 2.8 

 (0.1) 

 47.8 

 11.8 

 0.3 

 (3.0) 
 9.1 

 5.3 

 3.8 

 — 

 9.0 

 25.3 
 100.0 

 38.6 

 2.9 

 58.5 

 17.0 

 27.7 

 3.1 

 0.3 

 48.1 

 10.4 

 0.8 

 (2.9) 
 8.3 

 5.8 

 2.5 

 — 

 9.1 

 25.6 
 100.0 

 39.4 

 3.0 

 57.6 

 16.5 

 30.4 

 3.4 

 1.4 

 51.7 

 5.9 

 0.6 

 (3.0) 
 3.5 

 2.8 

 0.7 

 (0.2) 

 0.5 %

Net income

 3.8 %

 2.5 %

39

Table of Contents

Financial Data for Fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019

The following table summarizes selected Consolidated Statement of Operations items (in millions, except for 

percentages):

Segment net revenue:

NE
SE
OSP

Net revenue

Amortization of acquired 
technologies
Percentage of net revenue

Gross profit
Gross margin

2021

2020

Change

Percent 
Change

2020

2019

Change

$746.6
91.3
361.0
$1,198.9

$746.7
102.7
286.9
$1,136.3

$(0.1)
(11.4)
74.1
$62.6

—%
(11.1)%
25.8%
5.5%

$746.7
102.7
286.9
$1,136.3

$737.8
103.4
289.1
$1,130.3

$8.9
(0.7)
(2.2)
$6.0

Percent 
Change

1.2%
(0.7)%
(0.8)%
0.5%

$33.2
2.8%

$32.7
2.9%

$714.4
59.6%

$665.3
58.5%

$0.5

1.5%

$49.1

7.4%

Amortization of intangibles
Percentage of net revenue

$33.3
2.8%

$35.1
3.1%

$(1.8)

(5.1)%

Research and development
Percentage of net revenue

$203.0
16.9%

$193.6
17.0%

$9.4

4.9%

$32.7
2.9%

$34.4
3.0%

$665.3
58.5%

$651.4
57.6%

$35.1
3.1%

$38.1
3.4%

$193.6
17.0%

$187.0
16.5%

$(1.7)

(4.9)%

$13.9

2.1%

$(3.0)

(7.9)%

$6.6

3.5%

Selling, general and 
administrative
Percentage of net revenue

$337.5
28.2%

$315.0
27.7%

$22.5

7.1%

$315.0
27.7%

$343.5
30.4%

$(28.5)

(8.3)%

Restructuring and related 
(benefits) charges
Percentage of net revenue

$(1.6)
(0.1)%

Interest and other income, net
Percentage of net revenue

$3.3
0.3%

$3.5
0.3%

$9.6
0.8%

$(5.1)

(145.7)%

$(6.3)

(65.6)%

Interest expense
Percentage of net revenue

$(36.1)
(3.0)%

$(33.7)
(3.0)%

$(2.4)

7.1%

Provision for income taxes
Percentage of net revenue

$63.3
5.3%

$65.3
5.8%

$(2.0)

(3.1)%

$3.5
0.3%

$9.6
0.8%

$15.4
1.4%

$6.2
0.6%

$(33.7)
(3.0)%

$(34.3)
(3.0)%

$65.3
5.8%

$31.5
2.8%

$(11.9)

(77.3)%

$3.4

54.8%

$0.6

(1.7)%

$33.8

107.3%

Foreign Currency Impact on Results of Operations

While the majority of our net revenue and operating expenses are denominated in U.S. dollar, a portion of our 
international  operations  are  denominated  in  currencies  other  than  the  U.S.  dollar.  Changes  in  foreign  exchange 
rates may significantly affect revenue and expenses. While we use foreign currency hedging contracts to mitigate 
some  foreign  currency  exchange  risk,  these  activities  are  limited  in  the  protection  that  they  provide  us  and  can 
themselves result in losses. We have presented below “constant dollar” comparisons of our net sales and operating 
expenses  which  exclude  the  impact  of  currency  exchange  rate  fluctuations.  Constant  dollar  net  revenue  and 
operating  expenses  are  non-GAAP  financial  measures,  which  is  information  derived  from  consolidated  financial 
information but not presented in our financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Our management 
believes these non-GAAP measures, when considered in conjunction with the corresponding U.S. GAAP measures, 
may facilitate a better understanding of changes in net revenue and operating expenses. 

40

Table of Contents

Fiscal 2021 and 2020

If  currency  exchange  rates  had  been  constant  in  fiscal  2021  and  2020,  our  consolidated  net  revenue  in 
“constant  dollars”  would  have  decreased  by  approximately  $15.5  million,  or  1.3%  of  net  revenue,  which  primarily 
impacted our NE and SE segments. The impact of foreign currency fluctuations on net revenue was not indicative of 
the impact on net income due to the offsetting foreign currency impact on operating costs and expenses. If currency 
exchange  rates  had  been  constant  in  fiscal  2021  and  2020,  our  consolidated  operating  expenses  in  “constant 
dollars” would have decreased by approximately $9.8 million, or 0.8% of net revenue.

The Results of Operations are presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP and not using constant dollars. Refer 
to  Item  7A  “Qualitative  and  Quantitative  Disclosures  about  Market  Risk”  of  this Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for 
further details on foreign currency instruments and our related risk management strategies.

Net Revenue

Revenue  from  our  service  offerings  exceeds  10%  of  our  total  consolidated  net  revenue  and  is  presented 
separately  in  our  Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations.  Service  revenue  primarily  consists  of  maintenance  and 
support,  extended  warranty,  professional  services  and  post-contract  support  in  addition  to  other  services  such  as 
calibration and repair services. When evaluating the performance of our segments, management focuses on total 
net  revenue,  gross  profit  and  operating  income  and  not  the  product  or  service  categories.  Consequently,  the 
following  discussion  of  business  segment  performance  focuses  on  total  net  revenue,  gross  profit,  and  operating 
income consistent with our approach for managing the business.

Fiscal 2021 and 2020

Net  revenue  increased  by  $62.6  million,  or  5.5%,  during  fiscal  2021  when  compared  to  fiscal  2020.  This 

increase was driven by strength in our OSP segment, partially offset by a decrease in our SE segment.

Product revenues increase by $46.2 million, or 4.6%, during fiscal 2021 when compared to fiscal 2020. During 
the period we realized strength from our OSP segment, which was offset by declines in our NE and SE segment as 
further discussed below. 

Service  revenues  increased  $16.4  million,  or  12.5%,  during  fiscal  2021  when  compared  to  fiscal  2020.  This 
increase  was  primarily  due  to  increased  support  revenue  from  our  NE  segment,  primarily  driven  by  increased 
support revenues from our Wireless and Legacy Assurance products offset by declines in our SE segment further 
discussed below.

NE net revenue remained relatively flat between periods despite the impact of the COVID-19 lockdown, which 
resulted in a significant decline in the first half of fiscal 2021 and was offset by a recovery in the second half. This 
was consistent across Field Instruments and Lab and Production Equipment.

SE net revenue decreased by $11.4 million, or 11.1%, during fiscal 2021 when compared to fiscal 2020. This 

was primarily driven by decreased volume in our Data Center and Growth Assurance products.

OSP net revenue increased by $74.1 million, or 25.8%, during fiscal 2021 when compared to fiscal 2020. This 

increase was primarily driven by growth in revenue from our Anti-Counterfeiting and 3D Sensing products.

Going  forward,  we  expect  to  continue  to  encounter  a  number  of  industry  and  market  risks  and  uncertainties 
that may limit our visibility, and consequently, our ability to predict future revenue, profitability and general financial 
performance, and that could create quarter over quarter variability in our financial measures. For example, while the 
majority of our net revenue and expenses are denominated in U.S. dollars, a portion of our international operations 
are  denominated  in  foreign  currencies.  The  strengthening  of  the  U.S.  dollar  relative  to  foreign  currencies  could 
negatively impact reported revenue. 

41

Table of Contents

Additionally, we have seen demand for our NE and SE products affected by macroeconomic uncertainty. We 
cannot predict when or to what extent these uncertainties will be resolved. Our revenues, profitability, and general 
financial  performance  may  also  be  affected  by:  (a)  pricing  pressures  due  to,  among  other  things,  advanced  chip 
component  shortages,  a  highly  concentrated  customer  base,  increasing  competition,  particularly  from Asia-based 
competitors,  a  general  commoditization  trend  for  certain  products  and  increased  freight  and  logistics  costs; 
(b)  product  mix  variability  in  our  NE  and  SE  markets,  which  affects  revenue  and  gross  margin;  (c)  fluctuations  in 
customer  buying  patterns,  which  cause  demand,  revenue  and  profitability  volatility;  (d)  the  current  trend  of 
communication industry consolidation, which is expected to continue, that directly affects our NE and SE customer 
bases and adds additional risk and uncertainty to our financial and business projections; (e) the impact of ongoing 
global  trade  policies,  political  tensions  between  the  U.S.  and  China,  tariffs  and  sanctions;  and,  (f)  regulatory  or 
economic  developments  that  slow  or  change  the  rate  of  adoption  of  5G,  3D  Sensing  and  other  emerging  secular 
technologies and platforms. 

Revenue by Region

We operate in three geographic regions, including Americas, Asia-Pacific and Europe Middle East and Africa 
(EMEA). Net revenue is assigned to the geographic region and country where our product is initially shipped. For 
example, certain customers may request shipment of our product to a contract manufacturer in one country, which 
may  differ  from  the  location  of  their  end  customers.  The  following  table  presents  net  revenue  by  the  three 
geographic regions we operate in and net revenue from countries that exceeded 10% of our total net revenue (in 
millions):

July 3, 2021

Years Ended

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

Americas:

United States
Other Americas

Total Americas

Asia-Pacific:

Greater China
Other Asia-Pacific

$ 

$ 

$ 

Total Asia-Pacific $ 

EMEA:

Switzerland
Other EMEA

Total EMEA

$ 

$ 

330.0 
85.6 
415.6 

277.0 
133.5 
410.5 

76.6 
296.2 
372.8 

 27.5 % $ 
 7.2 %  
 34.7 % $ 

 23.1 % $ 
 11.1 %  
 34.2 % $ 

 6.4 % $ 

 24.7 %  
 31.1 % $ 

341.6 
73.2 
414.8 

245.7 
122.5 
368.2 

64.6 
288.7 
353.3 

 30.1 % $ 
 6.4 %  
 36.5 % $ 

 21.6 % $ 
 10.8 %  
 32.4 % $ 

 5.7 % $ 

 25.4 %  
 31.1 % $ 

342.1 
84.2 
426.3 

216.6 
155.6 
372.2 

97.0 
234.8 
331.8 

 30.3 %
 7.4 %
 37.7 %

 19.1 %
 13.8 %
 32.9 %

 8.6 %
 20.8 %
 29.4 %

Total net revenue

$ 

1,198.9 

 100.0 % $ 

1,136.3 

 100.0 % $ 

1,130.3 

 100.0 %

Net  revenue  from  customers  outside  the Americas  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  2021,  represented  65.3%  of  net 
revenue,  an  increase  of  1.8%  year-over-year. This  increase  is  primarily  due  to  revenue  growth  in  NE  from  EMEA  
and OSP from Asia-Pacific. We expect revenue from customers outside of the United States to continue to be an 
important part of our overall net revenue and an increasing focus for net revenue growth opportunities.

Gross Margin

Gross margin in fiscal 2021 increased by 1.1% to 59.6% from 58.5% in fiscal 2020. This increase was primarily 
driven by higher revenue volume, favorable product mix and improved factory utilization within our OSP segment. 
The increase was partially offset by gross margin reduction in our SE segment, further discussed in the Operating 
Segment Information section below.

42

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

As  discussed  in  more  detail  under  “Net  Revenue”  above,  we  sell  products  in  certain  markets  that  are 
consolidating,  undergoing  product,  architectural  and  business  model 
transitions,  have  high  customer 
concentrations, are highly competitive (increasingly due to Asia-Pacific-based competition), are price sensitive and/
or are affected by customer seasonal and mix variant buying patterns. We expect these factors to continue to result 
in variability of our gross margin.

Research and Development

R&D  expense  increased  by  $9.4  million,  or  4.9%,  during  fiscal  2021  compared  to  fiscal  2020. This  increase 
was primarily driven by targeted investments to support increased demand in our growth products. As a percentage 
of net revenue R&D remained relatively flat during fiscal 2021 when compared to fiscal 2020.

We believe that continuing our investments in R&D is critical to attaining our strategic objectives. We plan to 

continue to invest in R&D and new products that will further differentiate us in the marketplace.

Selling, General and Administrative

SG&A expense increased by $22.5 million, or 7.1%, in fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020. This increase was 
primarily  due  to  a  one-time  decrease  in  the  fair  value  of  the  earn-out  liability  of  $29.6  million  related  to  the  RPC 
Photonics, Inc. (RPC) acquisition in fiscal year 2020, partially offset by continued reduction in net expenses driven 
by our on-going cost reduction efforts. As a percentage of net revenue, SG&A remained relatively flat at 28.2% in 
fiscal 2021.

We intend to continue to focus on reducing our SG&A expense as a percentage of net revenue. However, we 
have in the recent past experienced, and may continue to experience in the future, certain charges unrelated to our 
core operating performance, such as acquisitions and integration related expenses and litigation expenses, which 
could increase our SG&A expenses and potentially impact our profitability expectations in any particular quarter.

Amortization of Acquired Technologies and Intangibles

Amortization of acquired technologies and intangibles for fiscal 2021 decreased $1.3 million, or 1.9%, to $66.5 
million from $67.8 million in fiscal 2020. This decrease is primarily due to the runoff of intangible assets becoming 
fully amortized in fiscal 2021.

Acquired In-Process Research and Development

In accordance with authoritative guidance, we recognize acquired in-process and development (IPR&D) at fair 
value  as  of  the  acquisition  date,  and  subsequently  account  for  it  as  an  indefinite-lived  intangible  asset  until 
completion  or  abandonment  of  the  associated  R&D  efforts.  We  periodically  review  the  stage  of  completion  and 
likelihood  of  success  of  each  IPR&D  project.  The  nature  of  the  efforts  required  to  develop  IPR&D  projects  into 
commercially viable products principally relates to the completion of all planning, designing, prototyping, verification 
and  testing  activities  that  are  necessary  to  establish  that  the  products  can  be  produced  to  meet  their  design 
specifications, including functions, features and technical performance requirements.

Restructuring and Related Charges

From  time  to  time  we  have  initiated  strategic  restructuring  events  primarily  intended  to  reduce  costs, 
consolidate our operations, rationalize the manufacturing of our products and align our businesses in response to 
market conditions. During fiscal 2021, we recorded a net restructuring benefit of $1.6 million. As of July 3, 2021, the 
ending  balance  of  our  restructuring  accrual  was  $0.5  million  which  is  expected  to  be  paid  during  fiscal  2022.  We 
estimate annualized gross cost savings of approximately $33.7 million excluding any one-time charges as a result of 
the  recent  restructuring  activities.  Refer  to  “Note  13.  Restructuring  and  Related  Charges”  under  Item  8  of  this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information.

Interest Income and Other Income, Net

Interest  income  and  other  income,  net  was  $3.3  million  in  fiscal  2021  as  compared  to  $9.6  million  in  fiscal 
2020. This $6.3 million decrease was primarily driven by $2.1 million unfavorable foreign exchange impact as the 
balance  sheet  hedging  program  provided  a  less  favorable  offset  to  the  remeasurement  of  underlying  foreign 
exchange exposures for fiscal 2021 and a decrease of $4.2 million in interest income due to lower yields on money 
market funds in which we invested excess cash during fiscal 2021 coupled with cash repatriation from a jurisdiction 
with relatively high interest rates to a jurisdiction with low interest rates prior to fiscal 2021.

43

Table of Contents

Interest Expense

Interest expense increased by $2.4 million, or 7.1%, during fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020. This increase 
was  primarily  due  to  an  increase  in  the  commitment  fee  on  unutilized  portion  of  the  revolving  credit  facility,  an 
increase in the amortization of issuance costs related to the revolving credit facility as well as an increase in debt 
discount accretion on the 2023 Notes and 2024 Notes during the current period.

Provision for Income Tax

We  recorded  an  income  tax  expense  of  $63.3  million  for  fiscal  2021.  The  expected  tax  expense  derived  by 
applying the federal statutory rate to our income before income taxes for fiscal 2021 differed from the income tax 
expense  recorded  primarily  as  a  result  of  domestic  and  foreign  losses  that  were  not  realized  due  to  valuation 
allowances  and  to  a  $19.1  million  charge  related  to  the  state  tax  impact  of  the  internal  intellectual  property 
restructuring transactions.

On July 2, 2021, we completed a planned series of internal transactions restructuring certain of our intellectual 
properties.  The result of which aligns the properties in a single entity which owns, manages, directs, and protects 
the properties, including but not limited to patents, product designs, processes, manufacturing technologies, know-
how, and trade secrets.  In conjunction with the internal restructuring, $2.3 billion ($482 million tax effected) of US 
federal net operating loss carryforwards were utilized, we recognized a new deferred tax asset relating to the book 
and tax basis difference of certain intangible assets of $589 million. Given the full valuation allowance that is carried 
on US deferred tax assets, the change in deferred taxes as a result of the transaction did not have a material impact 
on the financial statements. We recorded state tax expense including reserves for uncertain tax positions of $19.1 
million related to this transaction.

Based on a jurisdiction by jurisdiction review of anticipated future income and due to the continued economic 
uncertainty in the industry, management has determined that in many of our jurisdictions, it is more likely than not 
that our net deferred tax assets will not be realized in those jurisdictions. During fiscal 2021, the valuation allowance 
for deferred tax assets decreased by $109.6 million primarily related to expiration of federal net operating losses, 
capital losses and federal research credits.

The  decrease  in  income  tax  expense  of  $2.0M  or  3.1%  during  fiscal  2021  compared  to  fiscal  2020  was 
primarily driven by the lower differing impact from the aforementioned fiscal 2021 state tax charge of $19.1 million 
as compared to the $32.5 million charge in fiscal 2020 for withholding taxes expected to be paid on the repatriation 
of $324 million of foreign earnings that were no longer considered to be permanently reinvested. This reduction in 
charges was offset in part by increased income taxes resulting from higher earnings in fiscal 2021.

We  are  routinely  subject  to  various  federal,  state  and  foreign  audits  by  taxing  authorities.  We  believe  that 

adequate amounts have been provided for any adjustments that may result from these examinations.

44

Table of Contents

Operating Segment Information (in millions):

2021

2020

Change

Percentage 
Change

2020

2019

Change

Percentage 
Change

$746.6

$746.7

474.2

63.5%

482.4

64.6%

$(0.1)

(8.2)

—%

(1.7)%

$746.7

$737.8

482.4

64.6%

473.3

64.2%

$8.9

9.1

1.2%

1.9%

$91.3

59.9

$102.7

$(11.4)

68.8

(8.9)

(11.1)%

(12.9)%

65.6%

67.0%

$102.7

$103.4

68.8

71.0

67.0%

68.7%

$(0.7)

(2.2)

(0.7)%

(3.1)%

$837.9
92.2

11.0%

$849.4
108.8

12.8%

$(11.5)
(16.6)

(1.4)%
(15.3)%

$849.4
108.8

12.8%

$841.2
99.6

11.8%

$8.2
9.2

1.0%
9.2%

$361.0

$286.9

218.1

60.4%

161.3

44.7%

153.0

53.3%

102.1

35.6%

$74.1

65.1

25.8%

42.5%

59.2

58.0%

$286.9

$289.1

$(2.2)

153.0

53.3%

102.1

35.6%

145.8

50.4%

98.0

33.9%

7.2

4.1

(0.8)%

4.9%

4.2%

NE

Net revenue

Gross profit

Gross margin

SE

Net revenue

Gross profit

Gross margin

NSE

Net revenue
Operating income

Operating margin

OSP

Net revenue

Gross profit

Gross margin

Operating income

Operating margin

Network Enablement

NE gross margin decreased 1.1% during fiscal 2021 to 63.5% from 64.6% in fiscal 2020. This decrease is due 

to unfavorable product mix within Field Instruments.

Service Enablement

SE gross margin decreased 1.4% during fiscal 2021 to 65.6% from 67.0% in fiscal 2020. This decrease was 

primarily due to unfavorable product mix due to lower revenue volumes in Data Center.

Network and Service Enablement

NSE operating margin decreased 1.8% during fiscal 2021 to 11.0% from 12.8% in fiscal 2020. The decrease in 
operating margin was primarily driven by decreased revenue volumes and product mix in our NE and SE portfolios 
and higher operating expense from R&D which lead to a decline in our operating margin. 

Optical Security and Performance Products

OSP gross margin increased by 7.1% during fiscal 2021 to 60.4% from 53.3% in fiscal 2020. This increase was 
primarily due to favorable product mix driven by higher revenue in Anti-Counterfeiting and 3D Sensing products and 
increased factory utilization.

OSP operating margin increased 9.1% during fiscal 2021 to 44.7% from 35.6% in fiscal 2020. The increase in 

operating margin was primarily due to higher gross margins.

45

 
Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We believe that our existing cash balances and investments will be sufficient to meet our liquidity and capital 
spending requirements over the next twelve months. However, there are a number of factors that could positively or 
negatively impact our liquidity position, including:

• Global economic conditions which affect demand for our products and services and impact the financial 

stability of our suppliers and customers;

Impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our financial condition;

Changes  in  accounts  receivable,  inventory  or  other  operating  assets  and  liabilities  which  affect  our 
working capital;

Increase in capital expenditure to support the revenue growth opportunity of our business;

Changes  in  customer  payment  terms  and  patterns,  which  typically  results  in  customers  delaying 
payments or negotiating favorable payment terms to manage their own liquidity positions;

Timing of payments to our suppliers;

Factoring or sale of accounts receivable;

Volatility  in  fixed  income  and  credit  market  which  impact  the  liquidity  and  valuation  of  our  investment 
portfolios;

Volatility in foreign exchange market which impacts our financial results;

Possible investments or acquisitions of complementary businesses, products or technologies;

Issuance  or  repurchase  of  debt  or  equity  securities,  which  may  include  open  market  purchases  of  our 
2023 Notes and/or 2024 Notes prior to their maturity or of our common stock;

Potential funding of pension liabilities either voluntarily or as required by law or regulation; 

Compliance with covenants and other terms and conditions related to our financing arrangements; and

The risks and uncertainties detailed in Item 1A “Risk Factors” section of our Annual Report on Form 10-K.

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Cash and Cash Equivalents and Short Term Investments

Our cash and cash equivalents consist mainly of investments in institutional money market funds, short-term 
deposits held at major global financial institutions, and similar short duration instruments. Our strategy is focused on 
the  preservation  of  capital  and  supporting  our  liquidity  requirements  that  meet  high  credit  quality  standards,  as 
specified in our investment policy approved by the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors. Our investments in 
debt securities and marketable equity securities are primarily classified as available for sale or trading assets and 
are  recorded  at  fair  value.  The  cost  of  securities  sold  is  based  on  the  specific  identification  method.  Unrealized 
gains  and  losses  on  available-for-sale  investments  are  recorded  as  other  comprehensive  (loss)  income  and  are 
reported  as  a  separate  component  of  stockholders’  equity.  As  of  July  3,  2021,  U.S.  subsidiaries  owned 
approximately  47.4%  of  our  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  short-term  investments  and  restricted  cash.  The  recent 
COVID-19 pandemic has caused disruption in global capital markets and over time may impact our ability to obtain 
credit and/or negotiate acceptable financing terms.

As  of  July  3,  2021,  the  majority  of  our  cash  investments  have  maturities  of  90  days  or  less  and  are  of  high 
credit quality. Nonetheless we could realize investment losses under adverse market conditions. During the twelve 
months ended July 3, 2021, we have not realized material investment losses but can provide no assurance that the 
value  or  the  liquidity  of  our  investments  will  not  be  impacted  by  adverse  conditions  in  the  financial  markets.  In 
addition,  we  maintain  cash  balances  in  operating  accounts  that  are  with  third-party  financial  institutions.  These 
balances  in  the  U.S.  may  exceed  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  (FDIC)  insurance  limits.  While  we 
monitor  the  cash  balances  in  our  operating  accounts  and  adjust  the  cash  balances  as  appropriate,  these  cash 
balances could be impacted if the underlying financial institutions fail.

46

Table of Contents

Revolving Credit Facility

On May 5, 2020, we entered into a credit agreement (the Credit Agreement) with Wells Fargo Bank, National 
Association (Wells Fargo) as administrative agent, and other lender related parties. The Credit Agreement provides 
for a $300 million senior secured revolving credit facility, which matures on March 1, 2023. The Credit Agreement 
also  provides  that,  under  certain  circumstances,  we  may  incur  term  loans  or  increase  the  aggregate  principal 
amount of revolving commitments by an aggregate amount of up to $200 million plus additional amounts so long as 
our secured net leverage ratio, determined on a pro forma basis does not exceed 1.50:1.00. The proceeds from the 
credit facility established under the Credit Agreement will be used for working capital and other general corporate 
purposes. The obligations under the Credit Agreement are secured by substantially all of our assets.

Amounts  outstanding  under  the  Credit  Agreement  accrue  interest  at  a  rate  equal  to  either,  at  our  election, 
LIBOR plus a margin of 1.75% to 2.50% per annum, or a specified base rate plus a margin of 0.75% to 1.50%, in 
each case, depending on our consolidated secured leverage ratio. We are required to a pay commitment fee on the 
unutilized portion of the facility which ranges between 0.30% and 0.40% per annum depending on our consolidated 
secured leverage ratio. As of July 3, 2021, we had no amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement. Refer to 
“Note 11. Debt” under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information.

Year Ended July 3, 2021

As  of  July  3,  2021,  our  combined  balance  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  restricted  cash  increased  by 

$161.0 million to $708.4 million from a balance of $547.4 million as of June 27, 2020.

Cash provided by operating activities was $243.3 million, consisted of net income of $46.1 million adjusted for 
non-cash  or  non-operating  charges  (e.g.,  depreciation,  amortization  of  intangibles,  stock-based  compensation, 
amortization  of  debt  issuance  cost  and  discount  and  net  change  in  fair  value  of  contingent  liabilities),  including 
changes in deferred tax balances which totaled $173.5 million, offset by changes in operating assets and liabilities 
that  provided  $23.7  million.  Changes  in  our  operating  assets  and  liabilities  related  primarily  to  an  increase  in 
accrued payroll and related expenses of $23.1 million due to timing of salary and related payments, a decrease in 
other current and non-current assets of $14.9 million, an increase in income taxes payable of $18.1, an increase in 
deferred revenue of $12.3 million, and an increase in accounts payable of $7.0 million driven by timing of purchases 
and related payments. This was partially offset by cash outflows from a decrease in accrued expenses and other 
current  and  non-current  liabilities  of  $22.4  million,  an  increase  in  accounts  receivable  of  $15.0  million,  and  an 
increase in inventories of $14.3 million. 

Cash used in investing activities was $48.7 million,  primarily  related  to  $52.1  million of cash  used for  capital 
expenditures  and  $0.7  million  cash  used  for  acquisitions.  This  was  partially  offset  by  $4.1  million  proceeds  from 
sales of assets. 

Cash  used  in  financing  activities  was  $58.8  million,  primarily  resulting  from  $42.2  million  of  cash  used  to 
repurchase  common  stock,  $17.9  million  in  withholding  tax  payment  on  vesting  of  restricted  stock  awards,  $2.8 
million cash paid to settle  assumed debt from an  acquisition in fiscal year 2020,  $1.2  million of cash  used  to pay 
acquisition related to contingent consideration, and $1.3 million payments related to financing obligations, including 
issuance costs. This was partially offset by $6.6 million in proceeds from the issuance of common stock under our 
employee stock purchase plan.

47

Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

The  following  summarizes  our  contractual  obligations  at  July  3,  2021,  and  the  effect  such  obligations  are 

expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow over the next five years (in millions):

Asset retirement obligations—expected cash payments
Debt:

2023 1.75% senior convertible notes
2024 1.00% senior convertible notes
Estimated interest payments

Purchase obligations (1)
Operating lease obligations (2)
Non-cancelable leaseback obligations (1)
Royalty payment
Pension and post-retirement benefit payments (3)

Total 

Payments due by period

Total

Less than 
1 year

1 - 3 years

3 - 5 years

More than 
5 years

$ 

3.7  $ 

1.3  $ 

0.6  $ 

0.4  $ 

1.4 

225.0 

225.0 
460.0 
23.2 
187.6 
50.3 
28.8 
2.8 
104.3 

— 
460.0 
9.5 
178.8 
11.7 
2.9 
1.3 
9.2 
$ 1,085.7  $  674.7  $  282.8  $ 

13.7 
7.9 
16.2 
4.8 
0.8 
13.8 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
0.9 
13.7 
8.7 
16.2 
4.9 
— 
0.7 
12.6 
68.7 
28.2  $  100.0 

(1) Refer to “Note 18. Commitments and Contingencies” for more information. 

(2) Refer to “Note 12. Leases” for more information. 

(3) Refer to “Note 17. Employee Pension and Other Benefit Plans” for more information. 

Purchase  obligations  represent  legally-binding  commitments  to  purchase  inventory  and  other  commitments 
made  in  the  normal  course  of  business  to  meet  operational  requirements.  Of  the  $187.6  million  of  purchase 
obligations as of July 3, 2021, $90.8 million are related to inventory and the other $96.8 million are non-inventory 
items.

As of July 3, 2021, our other non-current liabilities primarily relate to asset retirement obligations, pension and 

financing obligations which are presented in various lines in the preceding table.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As part of our ongoing business, we have not participated in transactions that generate material relationships 
with  unconsolidated  entities  or  financial  partnerships,  as  is  defined  in  rules  promulgated  by  the  SEC,  such  as 
entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for 
the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Employee Defined Benefit Plans and Other Post-retirement Benefits

We sponsor significant qualified and non-qualified pension plans for certain past and present employees in the 
U.K. and Germany. We also are responsible for the non-pension post-retirement benefit obligation assumed from a 
past acquisition. Most of these plans have been closed to new participants and no additional service costs are being 
accrued, except for certain plans in Germany assumed in connection with an acquisition during fiscal 2010. 

The U.K. plan is partially funded and the other plans, which were initially established as “pay-as-you-go” plans, 
are unfunded. As of July 3, 2021, our pension plans were underfunded by $104.3 million since the Pension Benefit 
Obligation  (PBO)  exceeded  the  fair  value  of  plan  assets.  Similarly,  we  had  a  liability  of  $0.4  million  related  to  our 
non-pension post-retirement benefit plan.

We  anticipate  future  annual  outlays  related  to  the  German  plans  will  approximate  estimated  future  benefit 
payments. These future benefit payments have been estimated based on the same actuarial assumptions used to 
measure our projected benefit obligation and currently are forecasted to range between $5.1 million and $8.0 million 
per annum. In addition, we expect to contribute approximately $2.4 million to the U.K. plan during fiscal 2022.

During fiscal 2021, we (amounts represented as £ and $ denote GBP and USD, respectively) contributed £1.5 
million or approximately $2.0 million, while in fiscal 2020, we contributed £0.5 million or approximately $0.6 million to 
its U.K. pension plan. These contributions allowed us to comply with regulatory funding requirements.

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

A key actuarial assumption in calculating the net periodic cost and the PBO is the discount rate. Changes in 
the discount rate impact the interest cost component of the net periodic benefit cost calculation and PBO due to the 
fact that the PBO is calculated on a net present value basis. Decreases in the discount rate will generally increase 
pre-tax cost, recognized expense and the PBO. Increases in the discount rate tend to have the opposite effect. We 
estimate  a  50-basis  point  decrease  or  increase  in  the  discount  rate  would  cause  a  corresponding  increase  or 
decrease, respectively, in the PBO of approximately $9.0 million based upon data as of July 3, 2021. 

49

Table of Contents

ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

Foreign Exchange Risk

We  use  foreign  exchange  forward  contracts  to  hedge  foreign  currency  risk  associated  with  foreign  currency 
denominated  monetary  assets  and  liabilities,  primarily  certain  short-term  intercompany  receivables  and  payables. 
Our foreign exchange forward contracts are accounted for as derivatives whereby the fair value of the contracts are 
reflected  as  other  current  assets  or  other  current  liabilities  and  the  associated  gains  and  losses  are  reflected  in 
interest and other income, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Our hedging programs reduce, but do 
not  eliminate,  the  impact  of  currency  exchange  rate  movements.  The  gains  and  losses  on  those  derivatives  are 
expected to be offset by re-measurement gains and losses on the foreign currency denominated monetary assets 
and liabilities.

As of July 3, 2021, we had forward contracts that were effectively closed but not settled with the counterparties 
by year end. The fair value of these contracts of $2.6 million and $1.4 million is reflected as prepayments and other 
current assets and other current liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of July 3, 2021, respectively. 

The  forward  contracts  outstanding  and  not  effectively  closed,  with  a  term  of  less  than  120  days,  were 
transacted near year end; therefore, the fair value of the contracts is not significant. As of July 3, 2021 and June 27, 
2020, the notional amounts of the forward contracts that we held to purchase foreign currencies were $114.0 million 
and  $146.4  million,  respectively,  and  the  notional  amounts  of  forward  contracts  that  we  held  to  sell  foreign 
currencies were $27.8 million and $22.0 million, respectively.

The counterparties to these hedging transactions are creditworthy multinational banks. The risk of counterparty 
nonperformance  associated  with  these  contracts  is  not  considered  to  be  material.  Notwithstanding  our  efforts  to 
mitigate some foreign exchange risks, we do not hedge all of our foreign currency exposures, and there can be no 
assurances  that  our  mitigating  activities  related  to  the  exposures  that  we  do  hedge  will  adequately  protect  us 
against the risks associated with foreign currency fluctuations.

Investments

Majority  of  our  investments  have  maturities  90  days  or  less.    Due  to  the  short-term  nature  of  these 
investments, we believe that we do not have any material exposure to changes in the fair value of our investments 
as a result of changes in interest rates. Changes in interest rates can affect the interest earned on our investments.

We seek to mitigate the credit risk of investments by holding high-quality, investment-grade debt instruments. 
We  also  seek  to  mitigate  marketability  risk  by  holding  only  highly  liquid  securities  with  active  secondary  or  resale 
markets. However, the investments may decline in value or marketability due to changes in perceived credit quality 
or changes in market conditions.

Debt

The  fair  values  of  our  2023  and  2024  Notes  are  subject  to  interest  rate  and  market  price  risk  due  to  the 
convertible feature of the Notes and other factors. Generally, the fair value of fixed interest rate debt will increase as 
interest rates fall and decrease as interest rates rise. The fair value of the Notes may also increase as the market 
price of our stock rises and decrease as the market price of our stock falls. Changes in interest rates and our stock 
price affect the fair value of the Notes but does not impact our financial position, cash flows or results of operations. 

During  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2021,  the  closing  price  of  our  common  stock  exceeded  130%  of  the 
applicable conversion price of the 2024 Notes, on at least 20 of the last 30 consecutive trading days of the quarter, 
causing  the  2024  Notes  to  be  convertible  by  their  holders  for  the  period  of  July  1,  2021  to  September  30,  2021, 
resulting in a reclassification of the 2024 Notes to short-term debt. Settlement of conversion of the 2024 Notes is in 
cash  for  the  principal  amount  and,  if  applicable,  cash  and/or  shares  of  our  common  stock  for  any  conversion 
premium at our election. As a result, we have reclassified the $414.2 million book value of the 2024 Notes to short-
term debt and reclassified the difference in the book value and the face value of $45.8 million to temporary equity 
from  permanent  equity  on  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.  We  are  not  aware  of,  nor  do  we  expect,  any 
conversion requests by holders as the market price of the 2024 Notes exceeds its conversion value.

Based on quoted market prices, as of July 3, 2021, the fair value of the 2023 Notes was $300.7 million and the 
fair value of the 2024 Notes was approximately $646.9 million. Refer to “Note 11. Debt” under Item 8 of this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for more information.

50

Table of Contents

ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Viavi Solutions Inc.

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Viavi  Solutions  Inc.  and  its  subsidiaries 
(the “Company”) as of July 3, 2021 and June 27, 2020, and the related consolidated statements of operations, of 
comprehensive  income  (loss),  of  stockholders’  equity  and  of  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period 
ended July 3, 2021, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). 
We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of July 3, 2021, based on criteria 
established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations 
of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, 
the financial position of the Company as of July 3, 2021 and June 27, 2020, and the results of its operations and its 
cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  July  3,  2021  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles 
generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of America. Also  in  our  opinion,  the  Company  maintained,  in  all  material 
respects,  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  July  3,  2021,  based  on  criteria  established  in 
Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it 

accounts for leases as of June 30, 2019.

Basis for Opinions

The  Company's  management  is  responsible  for  these  consolidated  financial  statements,  for  maintaining 
effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over 
financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under 
Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the 
Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered 
with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent 
with  respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the  applicable  rules  and 
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  PCAOB. Those  standards  require  that  we 
plan  and  perform  the  audits  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements 
are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial 
reporting was maintained in all material respects.  

Our  audits  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of 
material  misstatement  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  performing 
procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding 
the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  Our  audits  also  included  evaluating  the 
accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall 
presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included 
obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness 
exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed 
risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. 
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

51

Table of Contents

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in 
accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting 
includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (i)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail, 
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable 
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance 
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made 
only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable 
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s 
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect 
misstatements.  Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that 
controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the 
policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matters

The  critical  audit  matter  communicated  below  is  a  matter  arising  from  the  current  period  audit  of  the 
consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee 
and  that  (i)  relates  to  accounts  or  disclosures  that  are  material  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  (ii) 
involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters 
does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by 
communicating  the  critical  audit  matter  below,  providing  a  separate  opinion  on  the  critical  audit  matter  or  on  the 
accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Revenue Recognition - Identifying and Evaluating Performance Obligations in Certain Customer Contracts in 

the Network Enablement and Service Enablement Reportable Segments 

As described in Notes 1 and 19 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company had $1,198.9 million of 
revenue  for  the  year  ended  July  3,  2021  of  which  $746.6  million  and  $91.3  million  related  to  the  Network 
Enablement  and  Service  Enablement  segments,  respectively.   The  Company’s  revenue  recognition  is  determined 
by management through the following steps: 1) identification of the contract with a customer; 2) identification of the 
performance  obligations  in  the  contract;  3)  determination  of  the  transaction  price;  4)  allocation  of  the  transaction 
price  to  the  performance  obligations  in  the  contract;  and  5)  recognition  of  revenue  when  (or  as)  the  performance 
obligations  are  satisfied.  Certain  of  the  Company’s  contracts  with  customers  include  performance  obligations 
consisting  of  a  variety  of  products  and  services  and  may  involve  a  significant  level  of  integration  and 
interdependency  between  performance  obligations.  Identifying  and  evaluating  whether  products  and  services  are 
considered  distinct  performance  obligations  may  require  significant  management  judgment,  particularly  in  the 
Network Enablement and Service Enablement reportable segments due to the nature of the products and service 
offerings.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to revenue recognition - 
identifying  and  evaluating  performance  obligations  in  certain  customer  contracts  in  the  Network  Enablement  and 
Service Enablement reportable segments is a critical audit matter are the significant judgment by management in 
identifying and evaluating performance obligations, which in turn led to a high degree of auditor judgment and effort 
in performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence obtained related to whether such performance obligations 
were appropriately identified and evaluated by management.

Addressing  the  matter  involved  performing  procedures  and  evaluating  audit  evidence  in  connection  with 
forming  our  overall  opinion  on  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  These  procedures  included  testing  the 
effectiveness of controls relating to the revenue recognition process, including controls related to the identification 
and  evaluation  of  performance  obligations  in  contracts  with  customers.  These  procedures  also  included,  among 
others,  testing on a sample basis, the completeness and accuracy of management’s identification and evaluation of 
performance  obligations  in  certain  customer  contracts  in  the  Network  Enablement  and  Service  Enablement 
reportable segments. 

52

Table of Contents

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California
August 23, 2021

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2005. 

53

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in millions, except per share data)

Table of Contents

Revenues:

Product revenue

Service revenue

Total net revenue

Cost of revenues:

Product cost of revenue

Service cost of revenue

Amortization of acquired technologies

Total cost of revenues

Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Research and development

Selling, general and administrative

Amortization of other intangibles

Restructuring and related (benefits) charges

Total operating expenses

Income from operations

Interest and other income, net

Interest expense

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

Provision for income taxes

Income from continuing operations, net of taxes

Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes

Net income

Net income per share from - basic:

Continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Net income

Net income per share from - diluted:

Continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Net income

Shares used in per-share calculations:

Basic
Diluted

Years Ended

July 3, 2021

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

$ 

1,051.4  $ 

1,005.2  $ 

1,004.2 

147.5 

1,198.9 

131.1 

1,136.3 

126.1 

1,130.3 

391.7 

59.6 

33.2 

484.5 

714.4 

203.0 

337.5 

33.3 

(1.6)   

572.2 

142.2 

3.3 

388.5 

49.8 

32.7 

471.0 

665.3 

193.6 

315.0 

35.1 

3.5 

547.2 

118.1 

9.6 

394.8 

49.7 

34.4 

478.9 

651.4 

187.0 

343.5 

38.1 

15.4 

584.0 

67.4 

6.2 

(36.1)   

(33.7)   

(34.3) 

109.4 

63.3 

46.1 

— 

94.0 

65.3 

28.7 

— 

46.1  $ 

28.7  $ 

0.20  $ 

0.13  $ 

— 

— 

0.20  $ 

0.13  $ 

0.20  $ 

0.12  $ 

— 

— 

0.20  $ 

0.12  $ 

39.3 

31.5 

7.8 

(2.4) 

5.4 

0.03 

(0.01) 

0.02 

0.03 

(0.01) 

0.02 

228.7 
235.9 

229.4 
233.7 

228.1 
231.2 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

The accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

 VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(in millions)

Net income

Other comprehensive income (loss):

Years Ended

July 3, 2021

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

$ 

46.1  $ 

28.7  $ 

5.4 

Net change in cumulative translation adjustment, net of tax

61.5 

(28.6)   

(27.0) 

Net change in available-for-sale investments, net of tax:

Unrealized holding (losses) gains arising during period

   Less: reclassification adjustments included in net income

Net change in defined benefit obligation, net of tax:

Unrealized actuarial gains (losses) arising during period

Amortization of actuarial losses

Net change in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

— 

— 

4.1 

3.1 

68.7 

(0.1)   

— 

(5.4)   

2.8 

(31.3)   

Comprehensive income (loss)

$ 

114.8  $ 

(2.6)  $ 

0.3 

0.5 

(7.3) 

1.8 

(31.7) 

(26.3) 

The accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

 VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in millions, except share and par value data)

ASSETS

Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

Short-term investments

Restricted cash

Accounts receivable, net

Inventories, net

Prepayments and other current assets

Total current assets

Property, plant and equipment, net

Goodwill, net

Intangibles, net
Deferred income taxes

Other non-current assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable

Accrued payroll and related expenses

Deferred revenue

Accrued expenses

Short-term debt (Note 11)

Other current liabilities

Total current liabilities

Long-term debt

Other non-current liabilities

Commitments and contingencies (Note 18)

Convertible senior notes (Note 11)

Stockholders’ equity:

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 1 billion shares authorized; 228 million shares 
issued and outstanding at July 3, 2021 and June 27, 2020

Additional paid-in capital

Accumulated deficit

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Total stockholders’ equity

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

July 3, 2021

June 27, 2020

$ 

697.8  $ 

539.0 

1.6 

4.3 

256.5 

94.9 

57.0 

1,112.1 

196.0 

396.5 

88.0 
109.3 

59.5 

1.5 

3.5 

235.5 

83.3 

50.8 

913.6 

172.5 

381.4 

148.1 
105.4 

55.3 

$ 

1,961.4  $ 

1,776.3 

$ 

63.2  $ 

76.0 

69.7 

24.8 

414.2 

57.1 

705.0 

209.8 

226.0 

53.0 

51.4 

54.6 

22.6 

2.8 

48.4 

232.8 

600.9 

231.2 

45.8 

— 

0.2 

0.2 

70,265.5 

70,274.3 

(69,393.7)   

(69,397.2) 

(97.2)   

774.8 

(165.9) 

711.4 

$ 

1,961.4  $ 

1,776.3 

The accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in millions)

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

Depreciation expense
Amortization of acquired technologies and other intangibles
Stock-based compensation
Amortization of debt issuance costs and accretion of debt discount
Net change in fair value of contingent liabilities
Loss on sales of investments
Loss on disposal of long-lived assets
Other
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:

Accounts receivable
Inventories
Other current and non-currents assets
Accounts payable
Income taxes payable
Deferred revenue, current and non-current
Deferred taxes, net
Accrued payroll and related expenses
Accrued expenses and other current and non-current liabilities

Net cash provided by operating activities

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Maturities of available-for-sale investments
Sales of available-for-sale investments
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired
Capital expenditures
Proceeds from the sale of assets
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

Payment of debt issuance costs

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

Payment of financing obligations

Redemption of convertible debt 

Proceeds from exercise of employee stock options and employee stock purchase plan

Withholding tax payment on vesting of restricted stock awards

Payment of acquisition related holdback

Payment of acquired debt

Payment of acquisition related contingent consideration

Net cash used in financing activities

Effect of exchange rates on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period (1)
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period (2)
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

Cash paid for interest

$ 

$ 

Years Ended

July 3, 2021

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

$ 

46.1  $ 

28.7  $ 

5.4 

35.8 
66.5 
48.3 
23.7 
(5.3) 
— 
0.1 
2.8 

(15.0) 
(14.3) 
14.9 
7.0 
18.1 
12.3 
1.6 
23.1 
(22.4) 
243.3 

— 
— 
(0.7) 
(52.1) 
4.1 
(48.7) 

(0.1) 

(42.2) 

(1.2) 

— 

6.6 

(17.9) 

— 

(2.8) 

(1.2) 

(58.8) 

25.2 

161.0 

547.4 

40.0 
67.8 
44.6 
22.2 
(31.5) 
— 
0.1 
5.7 

(5.1) 
3.7 
10.6 
(9.2) 
— 
5.9 
11.9 
(7.0) 
(52.8) 
135.6 

— 
— 
(2.5) 
(31.9) 
4.6 
(29.8) 

(1.6) 

(44.4) 

(2.7) 

— 

5.5 

(21.0) 

(6.8) 

— 

(0.7) 

(71.7) 

(17.1) 

17.0 

530.4 

708.4  $ 

547.4  $ 

39.7 
72.5 
38.2 
22.7 
(5.9) 
0.5 
1.4 
5.1 

(17.8) 
(15.4) 
0.1 
8.7 
5.0 
(3.1) 
(1.9) 
5.9 
(22.3) 
138.8 

47.3 
119.9 
(47.0) 
(45.0) 
5.4 
80.6 

(0.5) 

(11.2) 

(1.7) 

(276.9) 

5.4 

(15.5) 

— 

— 

— 

(300.4) 

(12.9) 

(93.9) 

624.3 

530.4 

12.3  $ 

11.3  $ 

11.8 

Cash paid for income taxes

29.8 
(1) These amounts include both current and non-current balances of restricted cash totaling $8.4 million, $8.9 million and $12.9 million as of June 
27, 2020, June 29, 2019, and June 30, 2018, respectively.
(2) These amounts include both current and non-current balances of restricted cash totaling $10.6 million, $8.4 million and $8.9 million as of July 
3, 2021, June 27, 2020 and June 29, 2019, respectively.

50.6  $ 

43.8  $ 

$ 

The accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

 VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in millions)

Common Stock

Shares

Amount

Additional 
Paid-In 
Capital

Accumulated 
Deficit

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Income (Loss)

Total

Balance at June 30, 2018

226.7  $  0.2  $  70,216.2  $  (69,378.6)  $ 

(102.9)  $  734.9 

Net income

Other comprehensive loss
Shares issued under employee stock 
plans, net of tax effects

Stock-based compensation

— 

— 

3.2 

— 

Repurchase of common stock

(1.1)   

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(10.1)   

38.6 

— 

5.4 

— 

— 

— 

(11.3)   

— 

5.4 

(31.7)   

(31.7) 

— 

— 

— 

(10.1) 

38.6 

(11.3) 

Balance at June 29, 2019

228.8  $  0.2  $  70,244.7  $  (69,384.5)  $ 

(134.6)  $  725.8 

Cumulative adjustment for adoption of 
ASU 2016-02 (Topic 842)

Net income
Other comprehensive loss
Shares issued under employee stock 
plans, net of tax effects

Stock-based compensation

— 

— 

— 

3.2 

— 

Repurchase of common stock

(3.7)   

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(15.3)   

44.9 

— 

3.0 

28.7 

— 

— 

— 

(44.4)   

3.0 

28.7 

— 

(31.3)   

(31.3) 

— 

— 

— 

(15.3) 

44.9 

(44.4) 

Balance at June 27, 2020

228.3  $  0.2  $  70,274.3  $  (69,397.2)  $ 

(165.9)  $  711.4 

Net income

Other comprehensive income
Shares issued under employee stock 
plans, net of tax effects

Stock-based compensation

Repurchase of common stock
Reclassification between equity and 
temporary equity for senior convertible 
notes

— 

— 

3.0 

— 

(3.0)   

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(11.5)   

48.5 

— 

46.1 

— 

— 

— 

(42.6)   

— 

68.7 

— 

— 

— 

46.1 

68.7 

(11.5) 

48.5 

(42.6) 

— 

— 

(45.8)   

— 

— 

(45.8) 

Balance at July 3, 2021

228.3 $  0.2  $  70,265.5  $  (69,393.7)  $ 

(97.2)  $  774.8 

The accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1. Basis of Presentation 

Description of Business

Viavi Solutions, Inc. (VIAVI, also referred to as the Company), is a global provider of network test, monitoring 
and  assurance  solutions  to  communications  service  providers,  enterprises,  network  equipment  manufacturers, 
original equipment manufacturers, government and avionics. VIAVI is also a leader in management solutions for 3D 
sensing, anti-counterfeiting, consumer electronics, industrial, aerospace, automotive and medical applications.  

Fiscal Years

The  Company  utilizes  a  52-53-week  fiscal  year  ending  on  the  Saturday  closest  to  June  30th.  The 
Company’s 2021 fiscal year is a 53-week year ending on July 3, 2021. The Company’s 2020 and 2019 fiscal years 
were 52-week years ending on June 27, 2020 and June 29, 2019, respectively. The Company’s first quarter of fiscal 
year 2021 was a 14-week quarter compared to the standard 13-week quarters.

Principles of Consolidation

The  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles 
generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of America  (U.S.  GAAP)  and  include  the  Company  and  its  wholly-owned 
subsidiaries. All inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires 
management to make estimates and assumptions that effect the reported amount of assets and liabilities at the date 
of the financial statements, the reported amount of net revenues and expenses and the disclosure of commitments 
and  contingencies  during  the  reporting  periods.  Estimates  are  based  on  historical  factors,  current  circumstances 
and  the  experience  and  judgment  of  management.  Under  changed  conditions  the  Company’s  reported  financial 
positions  or  results  of  operations  may  be  materially  impacted  when  using  different  estimates  and  assumptions, 
particularly  with  respect  to  significant  accounting  policies.  If  estimates  or  assumptions  differ  from  actual  results, 
subsequent periods are adjusted to reflect more readily available information. Actual results may differ from these 
estimates due to the uncertainty around the magnitude, duration and effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, as well as 
other factors.

COVID-19

The worldwide spread of the COVID-19 virus has resulted in a global slowdown of economic activity which is 
likely  to  decrease  demand  for  a  broad  variety  of  goods  and  services,  including  from  our  customers,  while  also 
continuing  to  disrupt  sales  channels  and  marketing  activities  for  an  unknown  period  of  time  until  the  disease  is 
contained. While this may have a negative impact to our sales and our results of operations, the Company is not 
aware  of  any  specific  events  or  circumstances  that  would  require  an  update  to  the  estimates  or  judgments  or  a 
revision of the carrying value of assets or liabilities as of the date of issuance of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 
These  estimates  may  change,  as  new  events  occur  and  additional  information  becomes  available. Actual  results 
may  differ  materially  from  these  estimates  assumptions  or  conditions  due  to  risks  and  uncertainties,  including 
uncertainty in the current economic environment due to COVID-19.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers highly liquid instruments such as treasury bills, commercial paper and other money 
market instruments with original maturities of 90 days or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash 
equivalents also include certain term deposits with financial institutions that the Company can liquidate with 30 days’ 
advance notice without incurring penalties.

59

Table of Contents

Restricted Cash

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

At July 3, 2021 and June 27, 2020, the Company’s short-term restricted cash balances were $4.3 million and 
$3.5 million, respectively. The Company’s long-term restricted cash balances, included in other non-current assets 
in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, were $6.3 million and $4.9 million as of July 3, 2021 and June 27, 
2020, respectively. These balances primarily include interest-bearing investments in bank certificates of deposit and 
money market funds which act as collateral supporting the issuance of letters of credit and performance bonds for 
the benefit of third parties. Refer to “Note 18. Commitments and Contingencies” for more information.

Investments

The Company’s investments in debt securities are classified as available for sale investments, recorded at fair 
value. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identified method. Unrealized gains and losses resulting 
from  changes  in  fair  value  on  available-for-sale  investments,  net  of  tax,  are  reported  within  accumulated  other 
comprehensive loss.

The Company periodically reviews investments in debt securities for impairment. If a debt security’s fair value 
is  below  amortized  cost  and  the  Company  either  intends  to  sell  the  security  or  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the 
Company will be required to sell the security before its anticipated recovery, the Company records an other-than-
temporary  impairment  charge  to  current  earnings  for  the  entire  amount  of  the  impairment.  If  a  debt  security’s  fair 
value is below amortized cost and the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost of the security, 
the Company separates the other-than-temporary impairment into: (i) the portion of the loss related to credit factors, 
or the credit loss portion; and, (ii) the portion of the loss that is not related to credit factors, or the non-credit loss 
portion. The  credit  loss  portion  is  recorded  as  an  allowance  to  credit  loss  through  interest  and  other  income,  net, 
and the non-credit loss portion is recorded as a separate component of other comprehensive loss.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

For  assets  and  liabilities  measured  at  fair  value,  fair  value  is  the  price  to  sell  an  asset  or  paid  to  transfer  a 
liability  in  an  orderly  transaction  between  market  participants  as  of  the  measurement  date.  When  determining  fair 
value,  the  Company  considers  the  principle  or  most  advantageous  market  in  which  it  would  transact,  and  the 
Company considers assumptions that market participants would use when pricing asset or liabilities. 

The three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value are:

•

•

Level 1: Includes financial instruments for which quoted market prices for identical instruments are available 
in active markets. Level 1 assets of the Company include money market funds, U.S. Treasury securities and 
marketable equity securities as they are traded with sufficient volume and frequency of transactions. 

Level  2:  Includes  financial  instruments  for  which  the  valuations  are  based  on  quoted  prices  for  similar 
assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can 
be  corroborated  by  observable  data  for  substantially  the  full  term  of  the  assets  or  liabilities.  Level  2 
instruments of the Company include asset-backed securities, foreign currency forward contracts and debt. 
To  estimate  their  fair  value,  the  Company  utilizes  pricing  models  based  on  market  data.  The  significant 
inputs for the valuation model usually include benchmark yields, reported trades, broker and dealer quotes, 
issuer spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers and reference data, and industry and 
economic events. 

60

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

•

Level 3: Includes financial instruments for which fair value is derived from valuation-based inputs, that are 
unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. As of July 3, 2021 and June 27, 2020, 
the Company did not hold any Level 3 investment securities. The Company’s Level 3 liabilities as of July 3, 
2021  and  June  27,  2020  consist  of  contingent  purchase  consideration.  The  Company  has  aggregate 
contingent liabilities related to its business and asset acquisitions completed during fiscal 2021 and 2020. 
The fair value of earn-out liabilities was determined using a Monte Carlo Simulation that includes significant 
unobservable  inputs  such  as  the  risk-adjusted  discount  rate,  gross  profit  volatility,  and  projected  financial 
forecast of acquired business over the earn-out period. The fair value of contingent consideration liabilities 
is  remeasured  at  each  reporting  period  at  the  estimated  fair  value  based  on  the  inputs  on  the  date  of 
remeasurement, with the change in fair value recognized in the Selling, General and Administrative (SG&A) 
expense of the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Our  other  current  financial  assets  and  current  financial  liabilities  have  fair  values  that  approximate  their 

carrying values.

Inventories

The Company’s  inventory is valued at standard cost,  which approximates actual cost computed on a first-in, 
first-out basis, not in excess of net realizable value. On a quarterly basis, the Company assesses the value of its 
inventory and writes down those inventories determined to be obsolete or in excess of its forecasted usage to their 
market value. The Company’s estimates of realizable value are based upon management analysis and assumptions 
including,  but  not  limited  to,  forecasted  sales  levels  by  product,  expected  product  life  cycle,  product  development 
plans and future demand requirements. The Company’s product line management personnel play a key role in its 
excess  review  process  by  providing  updated  sales  forecasts,  managing  product  transitions  and  working  with 
manufacturing to minimize excess inventory. Differences between actual market conditions and customer demand 
to the Company’s forecasts, may create favorable or unfavorable inventory positions, and may result in additional 
inventory write-downs or higher than expected income from operations. The Company’s inventory amounts include 
material, labor, and manufacturing overhead costs. 

Leases

The  Company  determines  if  an  arrangement  is  a  lease  or  contains  a  lease  at  inception.  Operating  lease 
liabilities  are  recognized  based  on  the  present  value  of  the  remaining  lease  payments,  discounted  using  the 
discount rate for the lease at the commencement date. If the rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable for 
our  operating  leases,  the  Company  uses  an  incremental  borrowing  rate  based  on  information  available  at  the 
commencement date to determine the present value of future lease payments. The lease term is the non-cancelable 
period of the lease and includes options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that an option 
will be exercised. Operating right-of-use (ROU) assets are recognized at commencement based on the amount of 
the initial measurement of the lease liability. Operating ROU assets also include any lease payments made prior to 
lease commencement and exclude lease incentives. Lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the 
lease term. 

Operating  ROU  assets  are  included  in  other  non-current  assets  and  lease  liabilities  are  included  in  other 
current liabilities and other non-current liabilities in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. Lease and non-
lease components for all leases are accounted for separately. The Company does not recognize ROU assets and 
lease liabilities for leases with a lease term of twelve months or less.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed 
using  a  straight-line  method,  over  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the  assets:  building  and  improvements  10  to  50 
years; machinery and equipment 2 to 20 years; and furniture, fixtures, software and office equipment 2 to 10 years. 

Leasehold  improvements  are  amortized  on  the  straight-line  method  over  the  lesser  of  the  estimated  useful 

lives of the asset or the initial lease term. 

61

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Demonstration  units  are  amortized  on  the  straight-line  method  and  are  Company  products  used  for 
demonstration purposes for existing and prospective customers. These assets are generally not intended to be sold 
and have an estimated useful life of 3 to 5 years. 

Costs related to software acquired, developed or modified solely to meet the Company’s internal requirements 
and for which there are no substantive plans to market are capitalized in accordance with the authoritative guidance 
on accounting for the costs of computer software developed or obtained for internal use. Only costs incurred after 
the  preliminary  planning  stage  of  the  project  and  after  management  has  authorized  and  committed  funds  to  the 
project are eligible for capitalization. Costs capitalized for computer software developed or obtained for internal use 
are included in Property, plant and equipment, net, on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Goodwill

Goodwill  represents  the  excess  of  the  purchase  price  paid  over  the  net  fair  value  of  assets  acquired  and 
liabilities assumed. The Company tests goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level at least annually, during 
the  fourth  quarter  of  each  fiscal  year,  or  more  frequently  if  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the 
asset may be impaired.  

The  accounting  guidance  provides  the  Company  with  the  option  to  perform  a  qualitative  assessment  to 
determine  whether  further  impairment  testing  is  necessary.  The  qualitative  assessment  considers  events  and 
circumstances that might indicate that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carry amount. These events and 
circumstances  include,  macro-economic  conditions,  such  as  a  significant  adverse  change  in  the  Company’s 
operating environment, industry or market considerations; entity-specific events such as increasing costs, declining 
financial  performance,  or  loss  of  key  personnel,  or  other  events,  such  as  the  sale  of  a  reporting  unit,  adverse 
regulatory developments or a sustained decrease in the Company’s stock price.

If it is determined, as a result of the qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a 
reporting  unit  is  less  than  its  carrying  amount,  a  quantitative  test  is  required.  Otherwise,  no  further  testing  is 
required.

Under the quantitative test, if the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value 
of  that  goodwill,  an  impairment  loss  is  recorded  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations  as  impairment  of 
goodwill.  Measurement  of  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  is  based  on  one  or  more  of  the  following  fair  value 
measures: (i) using present value techniques of estimated future cash flows; (ii) using valuation techniques based 
on  multiples  of  earnings  or  revenue;  or  (iii)  a  similar  performance  measure.  Refer  to  “Note  9.  Goodwill”  for  more 
information.

Intangible Assets

In  connection  with  the  Company’s  acquisitions,  the  Company  generally  recognize  assets  for  customer 
relationships, acquired developed technologies, patents, proprietary know-how, trade secrets, in-process research 
and development (IPR&D) and trademarks and trade names. Finite lived intangible assets are amortized using the 
straight-line  method  over  the  estimated  economic  useful  lives  of  the  assets,  which  is  the  period  during  which 
expected  cash  flows  support  the  fair  value  of  such  intangible  assets.  Refer  to  “Note  10.  Acquired  Developed 
Technology and Other Intangibles” for more information.

Long-lived Assets

Long-lived  assets,  including  intangible  assets  and  property  and  equipment,  are  reviewed  for  impairment 
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of any asset or asset group may 
not  be  recoverable.  Such  an  evaluation  is  performed  at  the  lowest  identifiable  level  of  cash  flows  independent  of 
other assets. An impairment loss would be recognized when estimated undiscounted future cash flows generated 
from  the  assets  are  less  than  their  carrying  amount.  Measurement  of  an  impairment  loss  would  be  based  on  the 
excess of the carrying amount of the asset or asset group over its estimated fair value. Estimates of future cash flow 
require significant judgment based on anticipated future and operating results, which are subject to variability and 
change.

62

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits

The  funded  status  of  the  Company’s  retirement-related  benefit  plans  is  recognized  on  the  Consolidated 
Balance  Sheets.  The  funded  status  is  measured  as  the  difference  between  the  fair  value  of  plan  assets  and  the 
benefit obligation at fiscal year end, the measurement date. For defined benefit pension plans, the benefit obligation 
is the projected benefit obligation (PBO) and for the non-pension postretirement benefit plan the benefit obligation is 
the  accumulated  postretirement  benefit  obligation  (APBO).  The  PBO  represents  the  actuarial  present  value  of 
benefits expected to be paid upon its employee’s retirement. The APBO represents the actuarial present value of 
postretirement benefits attributed to employee services already rendered. Unfunded or partially funded plans, with 
the benefit obligation exceeding the fair value of plan assets, are aggregated and recorded as a retirement and non-
pension postretirement benefit obligation equal to this excess. The current portion of the retirement-related benefit 
obligation  represents  the  actuarial  present  value  of  benefits  payable  in  the  next  12  months  in  excess  of  the  fair 
value  of  plan  assets,  measured  on  a  plan-by-plan  basis.  This  liability  is  recorded  in  other  current  liabilities  in  the 
Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

Net periodic pension cost is recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and includes service cost, 
interest  cost,  expected  return  on  plan  assets,  amortization  of  prior  service  cost  or  credit,  and  gains  or  losses 
previously  recognized  as  a  component  of  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss.  Service  cost  represents  the 
actuarial  present  value  of  participant  benefits  attributed  to  services  rendered  by  employees  in  the  current  year. 
Interest cost represents the time value of money cost associated with the passage of time. Gains or losses arise as 
a  result  of  differences  between  actual  experience  and  assumptions  or  as  a  result  of  changes  in  actuarial 
assumptions.  Prior  service  cost  or  credit  represents  the  cost  of  benefit  improvements  attributable  to  prior  service 
granted in plan amendments. Gains or losses and prior service cost or credit not recognized as a component of net 
periodic pension cost in the Consolidated Statements of Operations are recognized as a component of accumulated 
other comprehensive loss on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, net of tax. Those gains or losses and prior service 
cost or credit are subsequently recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost pursuant to the recognition 
and amortization provisions of the authoritative guidance.

The measurement of the benefit obligation and net periodic pension cost is based on the Company’s estimates 
and  actuarial  valuations  provided  by  third-party  actuaries  and  are  approved  by  management.  These  valuations 
reflect  the  terms  of  the  plans  and  use  participant-specific  information  such  as  compensation,  age  and  years  of 
service, as well as certain assumptions, including estimates of discount rates, expected return on plan assets, rate 
of compensation increases and mortality rates. The Company evaluates these assumptions periodically but not less 
than annually. In estimating the expected return on plan assets, the Company considers historical returns on plan 
assets,  diversification  of  plan  investments,  adjusted  for  forward-looking  considerations,  inflation  assumptions  and 
the impact of the active management of the plan’s invested assets.

The Company measures its benefit obligation and plan assets using the month-end date of June 30, which is 

closest to the Company’s fiscal year-end.

Concentration of Credit and Other Risks

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of 
cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, restricted cash, trade receivables and foreign currency forward 
contracts. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments are held in safekeeping by large, 
creditworthy  financial  institutions.  The  Company  invests  its  excess  cash  primarily  in  institutional  money  market 
funds, short-term deposits and similar short duration high quality, investment grade instruments.

The  Company  has  established  guidelines  relative  to  credit  ratings,  diversification  and  maturities  that  seek  to 
maintain  the  safety  and  liquidity  of  these  investments.  The  Company’s  foreign  exchange  derivative  instruments 
expose  the  Company  to  credit  risk  to  the  extent  that  the  counterparties  may  be  unable  to  meet  the  terms  of  the 
agreements. The  Company  seeks  to  mitigate  such  risk  by  limiting  its  counterparties  to  major  financial  institutions 
and  by  spreading  such  risk  across  several  major  financial  institutions.  Potential  risk  of  loss  with  any  one 
counterparty resulting from such risk is monitored by the Company on an ongoing basis.

63

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of 
its customers to make required payments. When the Company becomes aware that a specific customer is unable to 
meet  its  financial  obligations,  the  Company  records  a  specific  allowance  to  reflect  the  level  of  credit  risk  in  the 
customer’s  outstanding  receivable  balance.  In  addition,  the  Company  records  additional  allowances  based  on 
certain percentages of aged receivable balances. These percentages consider a variety of factors including, but not 
limited to, current economic trends, historical payment and bad debt write-off experience. The Company classifies 
bad debt expenses as SG&A expense.

The Company is not able to predict changes in the financial stability of its customers. Any material changes in 
the  financial  status  of  any  one  customer  or  a  group  of  customers  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the 
Company’s  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition.  Although  such  losses  have  been  within  management’s 
expectations to date, there can be no assurance that such allowances will continue to be adequate. The Company 
has significant trade receivables concentrated in the telecommunications industry. While the Company’s allowance 
for  doubtful  accounts  balance  is  based  on  historical  loss  experience  along  with  anticipated  economic  trends, 
unanticipated financial instability in the telecommunications industry could lead to higher than anticipated losses. 

As of July 3, 2021 two customers represented 10% or more of the Company’s total accounts receivable, net.  

As of June 27, 2020, no customer represented 10% or more of the Company’s total accounts receivable, net.

During fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, one customer generated 10% or more of total net revenues. Refer to “Note 

19. Operating Segments and Geographic Information” for more information.

The  Company  relies  on  a  limited  number  of  suppliers  and  contract  manufacturers  for  a  number  of  key 

components and sub-assemblies contained in the Company’s products.

The  Company  generally  uses  a  rolling  twelve-month  forecast  based  on  anticipated  product  orders,  customer 
forecasts, product order history and backlog to determine its materials requirements for any one period. Lead times 
for the parts and components that the Company orders may vary significantly and depend on factors such as the 
specific supplier, contract terms and demand for a component at any given time. If the forecast does not meet actual 
demand, the Company may have surplus or dearth of some materials and components, as well as excess inventory 
purchase commitments. The Company could experience reduced or delayed product shipments or incur additional 
inventory  write-downs  and  cancellation  charges  or  penalties,  which  may  result  in  increased  costs  and  have  a 
material adverse impact on the Company’s results of operations.

Foreign Currency Forward Contracts

The  Company  conducts  its  business  and  sells  its  products  to  customers  primarily  in  North America,  Europe, 
Asia and South America. In the normal course of business, the Company’s financial position is routinely subject to 
market risks associated with foreign currency rate fluctuations due to balance sheet positions in foreign currencies. 
The Company evaluates foreign exchange risks and utilizes foreign currency forward contracts to reduce such risks, 
hedging  the  gains  or  losses  generated  by  the  re-measurement  of  significant  foreign  currency  denominated 
monetary assets and liabilities. The fair value of these contracts is reflected as other current assets or liabilities and 
the change in fair value of these foreign currency forward contracts is recorded as gain or loss in the Company’s 
Consolidated Statements of Operations as a component of interest and other income, net. The gain or loss from the 
change in fair value of these foreign currency forward contracts largely offsets the change in fair value of the foreign 
currency denominated monetary assets or liabilities, which is also recorded as a component of interest and other 
income, net.

64

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Foreign Currency Translation

Assets  and  liabilities  of  non-U.S.  subsidiaries  that  operate  in  a  local  currency  environment,  where  that  local 
currency is the functional currency, are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet 
date,  with  the  resulting  translation  adjustments  directly  recorded  as  a  component  of  Accumulated  other 
comprehensive  loss  on  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.  Income  and  expense  accounts  are  translated  at 
exchange rates from the prior month end, which are deemed to approximate the exchange rate when the income 
and  expense  is  recognized.  Gains  and  losses  from  re-measurement  of  monetary  assets  and  liabilities  that  are 
denominated  in  currencies  other  than  the  respective  functional  currencies  are  included  in  the  Consolidated 
Statements of Operations as a component of interest and other income, net.

Revenue Recognition

The  Company  derives  revenue  from  a  diverse  portfolio  of  network  solutions  and  optical  technology  products 

and services, as follows:

•

•

Products: Network Enablement (NE) and Service Enablement (SE) products include instruments, microprobes 
and  perpetual  software  licenses  that  support  the  development,  production,  maintenance  and  optimization  of 
network  systems.  NE  and  SE  are  collectively  referred  to  as  Network  and  Service  Enablement  (NSE).  The 
Company’s  Optical  Security  and  Performance  (OSP)  products  include  proprietary  pigments  used  for  optical 
security and optical filters used in commercial and government 3D Sensing applications.

Services:  The  Company  also  offers  a  range  of  product  support  and  professional  services  designed  to 
comprehensively  address  customer  requirements.  These  include  repair,  calibration,  extended  warranty, 
software  support,  technical  assistance,  training  and  consulting  services.  Implementation  services  provided  in 
conjunction  with  hardware  or  software  solution  projects  include  sale  of  the  products  along  with  project 
management, set-up and installation.

Steps of revenue recognition

The Company accounts for revenue in accordance with the revenue standard, in which the following five steps 

are applied to recognize revenue:

1.

2.

Identify the contract with a customer: Generally, the Company considers customer purchase orders which, in 
some cases are governed by master sales or other purchase agreements, to be the customer contract. All of 
the following criteria must be met before the Company considers an agreement to qualify as a contract with a 
customer under the revenue standard: (i) it must be approved by all parties; (ii) each party’s rights regarding 
the goods and services to be transferred can be identified; (iii) the payment terms for the goods and services 
can  be  identified;  (iv)  the  customer  has  the  ability  and  intent  to  pay  and  collection  of  substantially  all  of  the 
consideration is probable; and, (v) the agreement has commercial substance. The Company utilizes judgment 
to  determine  the  customer’s  ability  and  intent  to  pay,  which  is  based  upon  various  factors  including  the 
customer’s  historical  payment  experience  or  credit  and  financial  information  and  credit  risk  management 
measures implemented by the Company.

Identify the performance obligations in the contract: The Company assesses whether each promised good or 
service is distinct for the purpose of identifying the various performance obligations in each contract. Promised 
goods and services are considered distinct provided that: (i) the customer can benefit from the good or service 
either  on  its  own  or  together  with  other  resources  that  are  readily  available  to  the  customer;  and,  (ii)  the 
Company's  promise  to  transfer  the  good  or  service  to  the  customer  is  separately  identifiable  or  distinct  from 
other  promises  in  the  contract. The  Company's  performance  obligations  consist  of  a  variety  of  products  and 
services offerings which include networking equipment; proprietary pigment, optical filters, proprietary software 
licenses;  support  and  maintenance  which  includes  hardware  support  that  extends  beyond  the  Company's 
standard  warranties,  software  maintenance,  installation,  professional  and  implementation  services,  and 
training.

65

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Identifying and evaluating whether products and services are considered distinct performance obligations may 
require  significant  judgment  particularly  in  NSE  due  to  the  nature  of  the  product  and  service  offerings.  The 
Company may enter into contracts that involve a significant level of integration and interdependency between a 
software  license  and  installation  services.  Judgment  may  be  required  to  determine  whether  the  software 
license is considered distinct in the context of the contract and accounted for separately, or not distinct in the 
context of the contract and accounted for together with the installation service.

3. Determine the transaction price: Transaction price reflects the amount of consideration to which the Company 
expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring goods or services to the customer. The Company’s contracts 
may include terms that could cause variability in the transaction price including rebates, sales returns, market 
incentives  and  volume  discounts.  Variable  consideration  is  generally  accounted  for  at  the  portfolio  level  and 
estimated based on historical information. If a contract includes a variable amount, the price adjustments are 
estimated at contract inception. In both cases, estimates are updated at the end of each reporting period as 
additional information becomes available.

4.

Allocate  the  transaction  price  to  performance  obligations  in  the  contract:  If  the  contract  contains  a  single 
performance  obligation,  the  entire  transaction  price  is  allocated  to  that  performance  obligation.  Many  of  the 
Company’s  contracts  include  multiple  performance  obligations  with  a  combination  of  distinct  products  and 
services, maintenance and support, professional services and/or training. Contracts may also include rights or 
options  to  acquire  future  products  and/or  services,  which  are  accounted  for  as  separate  performance 
obligations by the Company, only if the right or option provides the customer with a material right that it would 
not  receive  without  entering  into  the  contract.  For  contracts  with  multiple  performance  obligations,  the 
Company  allocates  the  total  transaction  value  to  each  distinct  performance  obligation  based  on  relative 
standalone  selling  price  (SSP).  Judgment  is  required  to  determine  the  SSP  for  each  distinct  performance 
obligation. The best evidence of SSP is the observable price of a good or service when the Company sells that 
good or service separately under similar circumstances to similar customers. If a directly observable price is 
not  available,  the  SSP  must  be  estimated  based  on  multiple  factors  including,  but  not  limited  to,  historical 
pricing practices, internal costs, and profit objectives as well as overall market conditions.

5. Recognize revenue when (or as) performance obligations are satisfied: Revenue is recognized at the point in 
time  control  is  transferred  to  the  customer.  For  hardware  sales,  transfer  of  control  to  the  customer  typically 
occurs  at  the  point  the  product  is  shipped  or  delivered  to  the  customer’s  designated  location.  For  software 
license  sales  transfer  of  control  to  the  customer  typically  occurs  upon  shipment,  electronic  delivery,  or  when 
the  software  is  available  for  download  by  the  customer.  For  sales  of  implementation  service  and  solution 
contracts  or  in  instances  where  software  is  sold  along  with  essential  installation  services,  transfer  of  control 
occurs  and  revenue  is  typically  recognized  upon  customer  acceptance.  In  certain  instances,  acceptance  is 
deemed  to  have  occurred  if  all  acceptance  provisions  lapse,  or  if  the  Company  has  evidence  that  all 
acceptance  provisions  will  be,  or  have  been,  satisfied.  For  fixed-price  support  and  extended  warranty 
contracts,  or  certain  software  arrangements  which  provide  customers  with  a  right  to  access  over  a  discrete 
period,  control  is  deemed  to  transfer  over  time  and  revenue  is  recognized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the 
contract term due to the stand-ready nature of the performance obligation. Revenue from hardware repairs and 
calibration services outside of an extended warranty or support contract is recognized at the time of completion 
of the related service. For other professional services or time-based labor contracts, revenue is recognized as 
the Company performs the services and the customers receive and/or consume the benefits.

Revenue policy and practical expedients

The  following  policy  and  practical  expedient  elections  have  been  made  by  the  Company  under  the  revenue 

standard:

•

•

Revenue-based taxes as assessed by governmental authorities have been excluded from the measurement of 
transaction price.

Shipping  and  handling  activities  performed  after  the  customer  obtains  control  of  the  good  are  treated  as 
activities  to  fulfill  the  promise  (cost  of  fulfillment).  Therefore,  the  Company  does  not  evaluate  whether  the 
shipping and handling activities are promised services.

66

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

•

•

•

Incremental  costs  of  obtaining  contracts  that  would  have  been  recognized  within  one  year  or  less  are 
recognized as an expense when incurred. These costs are included in SG&A expense. The costs of obtaining 
contracts  where  the  amortization  period  for  recognition  of  the  expense  is  beyond  a  year  are  capitalized  and 
recognized over the revenue recognition period of the original contract.

The  portfolio  approach  is  used  for  certain  types  of  variable  consideration  for  contracts  with  similar 
characteristics.  The  methodology  is  used  when  the  effects  on  the  financial  statements  of  applying  this 
guidance  to  the  portfolio  would  not  differ  materially  from  applying  this  guidance  to  the  individual  contracts 
within that portfolio.

If at contract inception, the expected period between the transfer of promised goods or services and payment 
is within one year or less, the Company forgoes adjustment for the impact of significant financing component 
for the contract.

Disaggregation of Revenue

The Company's revenue is presented on a disaggregated basis on the Consolidated Statements of Operations 
and  in  “Note  19.  Operating  Segments  and  Geographic  Information”.  This  information  includes  revenue  from 
reportable  segments  and  a  break-out  of  products  and  services  for  which  the  nature  and  timing  of  the  revenue  as 
characterized above is generally at a point in time and over time, respectively.

Warranty

The  Company  provides  reserves  for  the  estimated  costs  of  product  warranties  at  the  time  revenue  is 
recognized.  Warranty  cost  estimates  are  based  on  historical  experience  of  known  product  failure  rates,  use  of 
materials to repair or replace defective products, and service delivery costs incurred in correcting product failures. In 
addition, from time to time, specific warranty accruals may be made if unforeseen technical problems arise.

Shipping and Handling Costs

The  Company  records  costs  related  to  shipping  and  handling  of  revenue  in  cost  of  sales  for  all  periods 

presented.

Advertising Expense

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising costs totaled $2.7 million, $3.7 million and 

$2.6 million in fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Research and Development Expense

Costs  related  to  Research  and  Development  (R&D),  which  primarily  consists  of  labor  and  benefits,  supplies, 
facilities,  consulting  and  outside  service  fees,  are  charged  to  expense  as  incurred.  The  authoritative  guidance 
allows for capitalization of software development costs incurred after a product’s technological feasibility has been 
established  until  the  product  is  available  for  general  release  to  the  public.  The  Company  believes  its  software 
development process is completed concurrent with the establishment of technological feasibility. As such, software 
development costs have been expensed as incurred.

67

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company's stock-based compensation includes a combination of time-based restricted stock awards and 
performance-based  awards.  Restricted  stock  awards  are  granted  without  an  exercise  price  and  are  converted  to 
shares  immediately  upon  vesting.  When  converted  into  shares  upon  vesting,  shares  equivalent  in  value  to  the 
minimum  withholding  taxes  liability  on  the  vested  shares  are  withheld  by  the  Company  for  the  payment  of  such 
taxes.

For  performance-based  awards,  shares  attained  over  target  upon  vesting  are  reflected  as  awards  granted 

during the period.

Time-based  restricted  stock  awards  will  generally  vest  in  annual  or  quarterly  installments  over  a  period  of  

three  to  four  years  subject  to  the  employees’  continuing  service  to  the  Company.  The  Company's  performance-
based  awards  may  include  performance  conditions,  market  conditions,  time-based  service  conditions  or  a 
combination there of and are generally expected to vest over one to four years. In addition, the actual number of 
shares  awarded  upon  vesting  of  performance-based  grants  may  vary  from  the  target  shares  depending  upon  the 
achievement of the relevant performance or market-based conditions.  

The Company estimates the fair value of stock options and Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) purchase 
rights using the Black-Scholes Merton (BSM) option-pricing model. This option-pricing model requires the input of 
assumptions, including the award’s expected life and the price volatility of the underlying stock.

The Company does not apply expected forfeiture rate and accounts for forfeitures as they occur. The total fair 
value of the equity awards is recorded on a straight-line basis, over the requisite service period of the awards for 
each  separate  vesting  period  of  the  award,  except  for  certain  performance-based  awards  which  are  amortized 
based upon the graded vesting method.

Income Taxes

In  accordance  with  the  authoritative  guidance  on  accounting  for  income  taxes,  the  Company  recognizes 
income  taxes  using  an  asset  and  liability  approach.  This  approach  requires  the  recognition  of  taxes  payable  or 
refundable  for  the  current  year  and  deferred  tax  liabilities  and  assets  for  future  tax  consequences  of  events  that 
have  been  recognized  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  or  tax  returns.  The  measurement  of 
current and deferred taxes is based on provisions of the enacted tax law and the effects of future changes in tax 
laws or rates are not anticipated.

The authoritative guidance provides for recognition of deferred tax assets if the realization of such deferred tax 
assets  is  more  likely  than  not  to  occur  based  on  an  evaluation  of  both  positive  and  negative  evidence  and  the 
relative  weight  of  the  evidence.  With  the  exception  of  certain  international  jurisdictions,  the  Company  has 
determined  that  at  this  time  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  deferred  tax  assets  attributable  to  the  remaining 
jurisdictions  will  not  be  realized,  primarily  due  to  uncertainties  related  to  its  ability  to  utilize  its  net  operating  loss 
carryforwards  before  they  expire.  Accordingly,  the  Company  has  established  a  valuation  allowance  for  such 
deferred  tax  assets.  If  there  is  a  change  in  the  Company’s  ability  to  realize  its  deferred  tax  assets  for  which  a 
valuation allowance has been established, then its tax provision may decrease in the period in which it determines 
that realization is more likely than not. Likewise, if the Company determines that it is not more likely than not that its 
deferred tax assets will be realized, then a valuation allowance may be established for such deferred tax assets and 
the Company’s tax provision may increase in the period in which the Company makes the determination.

The authoritative guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes prescribes the recognition threshold 
and  measurement  attributes  for  financial  statement  recognition  and  measurement  of  a  tax  position  taken  or 
expected to be taken in a tax return. Additionally, it provides guidance on recognition, classification, and disclosure 
of tax positions. The Company is subject to income tax audits by the respective tax authorities in the jurisdictions in 
which  it  operates.  The  determination  of  tax  liabilities  in  each  of  these  jurisdictions  requires  the  interpretation  and 
application  of  complex  and  sometimes  uncertain  tax  laws  and  regulations.  The  Company  recognizes  liabilities 
based  on  its  estimate  of  whether,  and  the  extent  to  which,  additional  tax  liabilities  are  more  likely  than  not.  If  the 
Company ultimately determines that the payment of such a liability is not necessary, then it reverses the liability and 
recognizes a tax benefit during the period it is determined no longer necessary.

68

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

The  recognition  and  measurement  of  current  taxes  payable  or  refundable  and  deferred  tax  assets  and 
liabilities  requires  that  the  Company  make  certain  estimates  and  judgments.  Changes  to  these  estimates  or  a 
change in judgment may have a material impact on the Company’s tax provision in a future period.

Restructuring Accrual

In  accordance  with  authoritative  guidance  on  accounting  for  costs  associated  with  exit  or  disposal  activities, 
generally  costs  associated  with  restructuring  activities  are  recognized  when  they  are  incurred. A  liability  for  post-
employment  benefits  for  workforce  reductions  related  to  restructuring  activities  is  recorded  when  payment  is 
probable,  and  the  amount  is  reasonably  estimable.  The  Company  continually  evaluates  the  adequacy  of  the 
remaining  liabilities  under  its  restructuring  initiatives.  Although  the  Company  believes  that  these  estimates 
accurately  reflect  the  costs  of  its  restructuring  plans,  actual  results  may  differ,  thereby  requiring  the  Company  to 
record additional liabilities or reverse a portion of existing liabilities.

Contingencies

The Company is subject to various potential loss contingencies arising in the ordinary course of business. In 
determining  a  loss  contingency,  the  Company  considers  the  likelihood  of  loss  or  impairment  of  an  asset  or  the 
incurrence of a liability, as well as its ability to reasonably estimate the amount of loss. An estimated loss is accrued 
when it is probable that an asset has been impaired,  a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be 
reasonably  estimated. The  Company  regularly  evaluates  current  information  available  to  determine  whether  such 
accruals should be adjusted and whether new accruals are required. 

Contingent  liabilities  include  contingent  consideration  in  connection  with  the  Company’s  acquisitions,  which 
represent  earn-out  payments  and  is  recognized  at  fair  value  on  the  acquisition  date  and  is  remeasured  each 
reporting  period  with  subsequent  adjustments  recognized  in  the  SG&A  expense  of  the  Company’s  Consolidated 
Statements  of  Operations.  While  the  Company  believes  the  estimates  and  assumptions  are  reasonable,  there  is 
significant judgment and uncertainty involved.

Asset Retirement Obligations

Asset  Retirement  Obligations  (ARO)  are  legal  obligations  associated  with  the  retirement  of  long-lived  assets 
pertaining  to  leasehold  improvements.  These  liabilities  are  initially  recorded  at  fair  value  and  the  related  asset 
retirement  costs  are  capitalized  by  increasing  the  asset  carrying  value  and  ARO  by  the  same  amount.  Asset 
retirement  costs  are  subsequently  depreciated  over  the  useful  lives  of  the  related  assets.  Subsequent  to  initial 
recognition, the Company records period-to-period changes in the ARO liability resulting from the passage of time 
and revisions to either the timing or the amount of the original estimate of undiscounted cash flows. The Company 
derecognizes ARO  liabilities  when  the  related  obligations  are  settled. As  of  July  3,  2021,  and  June  27,  2020,  the 
Consolidated Balance Sheets included ARO of $1.3 million and $0.9 million, respectively, in other current liabilities 
and $2.4 million and $3.1 million, respectively, in other non-current liabilities.

Balance at 
Beginning of 
Period

Liabilities 
Incurred

Liabilities 
Settled

Accretion 
Expense

Revisions to 
Estimates

Year ended July 3, 2021
Year ended June 27, 2020

$ 

4.0  $ 
3.6 

0.3  $ 
0.3 

(0.7)  $ 
— 

0.1  $ 
0.1 

Note 2. Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Adopted

Balance at 
End of Period
3.7 
4.0 

—  $ 
— 

In June 2016, the FASB issued guidance that changes the accounting for recognizing impairments of financial 
assets. Under the new guidance, credit losses for certain types of financial assets are estimated based on expected 
losses.  In  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2021  the  Company  adopted  the  accounting  standard  using  the  modified 
retrospective  approach.  The  adoption  of  the  new  standard  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Company’s 
Consolidated Financial Statements.

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

In  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2020  the  Company  adopted ASC  842  -  Leases  using  the  modified  retrospective 
approach.  The  Company  elected  to  apply  the  optional  transition  approach  of  not  adjusting  comparative  period 
financial information for the adoption impact.The Company also elected the package of practical expedients to not 
reassess  whether  a  contract  contains  a  leas,  lease  classification  and  accounting  for  initial  direct  costs.  For 
additional information refer to “Note 12. Leases.”

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an 
Entity’s Own Equity, which simplifies the accounting for convertible instruments with characteristics of liability and 
equity. This new guidance removes separation models for certain convertible debt instruments which will now be 
accounted for as a single liability measured at amortized cost. In addition, the interest expense recognized for these 
instruments will typically be closer to the coupon interest rate due to the removal of the separation model's non-cash 
discount amortization. ASU 2020-06 is effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal 2023, with early 
adoption permitted for the first quarter of fiscal 2022. Adoption of this new guidance can either be on a modified 
retrospective or full retrospective basis.

The  Company  will  adopt  the  new  guidance  in  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2022,  on  a  full  retrospective  basis, 
reflecting the application of the new standard in each prior reporting period. The elimination of the separation model 
for the convertible debt instruments is expected to reduce additional paid in capital by approximately $80 million and 
$130  million  as  of  July  3,  2021  and  June  27,  2020,  respectively.  The  removal  of  the  non-cash  debt  discount 
amortization will reduce interest expense and increase net income by approximately $20 million for the each of the 
fiscal  years  ended  2021  and  2020.  In  addition,  the  adoption  will  eliminate  the  temporary  equity  balance  for  the 
convertible senior notes as of July 3, 2021 of $45.8 million. These adjustments will result in the reported balance of 
the convertible notes being more consistent with the par value offset only by the unamortized issuance costs.

We currently expect the adoption of ASU 2020-06 will result in the reduction of non-cash interest expense for 

fiscal 2022 and until the affected notes have been settled with a corresponding increase in income attributable to 
common stockholders for both basic and diluted earnings per share. The adoption will have no impact on the 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

In  December  2019,  the  FASB  issued  guidance  which  simplifies  the  accounting  for  income  taxes,  eliminates 
certain exceptions within ASC 740, Income Taxes, and clarifies certain aspects of the current guidance to promote 
consistency  among  reporting  entities. The  guidance  is  effective  for  the  Company  in  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  year 
2022. The Company does not believe adoption of this new accounting guidance will have a material impact on its 
Consolidated Financial Statements.

In August  2018,  the  FASB  issued  guidance  to  amend  the  disclosure  requirements  related  to  defined  benefit 
pension  and  other  post-retirement  plans.  Some  of  the  changes  include  adding  a  disclosure  requirement  for 
significant gains and losses related to changes in the benefit obligation for the period, and removing the amounts in 
accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  expected  to  be  recognized  as  components  of  net  periodic  benefit  cost 
over the next fiscal year. This guidance is effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal 2022. The Company 
does not believe adoption of this new accounting guidance will have a material impact on its Consolidated Financial 
Statements.

Note 3. Earnings Per Share 

Basic net income per share is computed by dividing net income for the period by the weighted average number 
of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share is computed by dividing net income 
for the period by the weighted average number of shares of common stock and potentially dilutive common stock 
outstanding  during  the  period.  If  dilutive,  the  effect  of  outstanding  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Program  (ESPP) 
purchase  rights,  restricted  stock  units  (RSUs),  performance-based  stock  units  (PSUs),  market-based  stock  units 
(MSUs),  options  and  senior  convertible  notes  is  reflected  in  diluted  net  income  per  share  by  application  of  the 
treasury  stock  method  and/or  the  if-converted  method,  as  applicable.  The  calculation  of  diluted  net  income  per 
share excludes all anti-dilutive common shares.

70

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income per share (in millions, except per 

share data):

Numerator:

Income from continuing operations, net of taxes
Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes

Net income

Denominator:

Weighted-average shares outstanding:

Basic 
Shares issuable assuming conversion of convertible notes (1)
Effect of dilutive securities from stock-based benefit plans
Diluted

Net income per share from - basic:

Continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Net income

Net income per share from - diluted:

Continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Net income

Years Ended

July 3, 2021

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

$ 

$ 

46.1  $ 
— 

46.1  $ 

28.7  $ 
— 

28.7  $ 

7.8 
(2.4) 

5.4 

228.7 

4.6 

2.6 
235.9 

229.4 

1.2 

3.1 
233.7 

228.1 

— 

3.1 
231.2 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

0.20  $ 

0.13  $ 

— 

— 

0.20  $ 

0.13  $ 

0.03 

(0.01) 

0.02 

0.20  $ 

0.12  $ 

— 

— 

0.20  $ 

0.12  $ 

0.03 

(0.01) 

0.02 

(1) Represents the dilutive impact under the if-converted method for the Company's 1.75% Senior Convertible Notes due 2023 and the 
1.00% Senior Convertible Notes due 2024. As of July 3, 2021, the if-converted value in excess of outstanding principal of the 1.75% 
Senior  Convertible  Notes  due  2023  and  the  1.00%  Senior  Convertible  Notes  due  2024  was  $13.8  million  and  $54.8  million, 
respectively. Refer to “Note 11. Debt” for more information. 

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  weighted-average  potentially  dilutive  securities  excluded  from  the 

computation of the diluted net income per share because their effect would have been anti-dilutive (in millions):

Stock options and ESPP

Full Value Awards

Total potentially dilutive securities

Note 4. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss 

July 3, 2021

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

Years Ended

— 

0.4 

0.4 

— 

0.2 

0.2 

0.1 

0.4 

0.5 

The Company’s accumulated other comprehensive loss consists of the accumulated net unrealized gains and 
losses  on  available-for-sale  investments,  foreign  currency  translation  adjustments  and  change  in  unrealized 
components of defined benefit obligations.

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss by component, net of tax, were as follows (in millions):

Unrealized gains  
on available-for-
sale 
investments

Foreign currency 
translation 
adjustments

Change in 
unrealized 
components of 
defined benefit 
obligations, net 
of tax (1)

Total

Beginning balance as of June 27, 2020 $ 

(5.1)  $ 

(129.6)  $ 

(31.2)  $ 

(165.9) 

Other comprehensive income before 
reclassification 
Amounts reclassified from 
accumulated other comprehensive 
income
Net current period other 
comprehensive income

— 

— 

— 

Ending balance as of July 03, 2021

$ 

(5.1)  $ 

61.5 

— 

61.5 

(68.1)  $ 

4.1 

3.1 

7.2 

(24.0)  $ 

65.6 

3.1 

68.7 

(97.2) 

(1) Activity before reclassifications to the Consolidated Statements of Operations during the fiscal year ended July 3, 2021 relates to the 
unrealized  actuarial  gain  of  $6.3  million,  net  of  income  tax  effect  of  $2.2  million.  The  amount  reclassified  out  of  accumulated  other 
comprehensive loss represents the amortization of actuarial losses included as a component of SG&A in the Consolidated Statement 
of Operations for the year ended July 3, 2021. Refer to “Note 17. Employee Pension and Other Benefit Plans” for more details on the 
computation of net periodic cost for pension plans.

Note 5. Acquisitions 

3Z Telecom, Inc. Acquisition

On  May  31,  2019,  the  Company  acquired  all  of  the  equity  of  3Z  Telecom,  Inc.  (3Z)  for  approximately  $23.2 
million  in  cash  and  contingent  consideration  (earn-out)  liability  of  up  to  $7.0  million  in  cash  based  on  the 
achievement  of  certain  net  revenue  targets  over  approximately  a  two  year  period.  The  $23.2  million  cash 
consideration  is  subject  to  final  cash  and  net  working  capital  adjustments  and  includes  escrow  payments  of  $4.3 
million, which are reserved for potential breaches of representations and warranties. The acquisition of 3Z expands 
the Company’s Field Instrument offerings.

The  3Z  acquisition  meets  the  definition  of  a  business  and  has  been  accounted  for  in  accordance  with  the 
authoritative  guidance  on  business  combinations;  therefore,  the  tangible  and  intangible  assets  acquired  and 
liabilities assumed were recorded at fair value on the acquisition date. Acquisition related costs incurred were not 
material. 

The fair value of consideration transferred for the 3Z acquisition consists of the following (in millions):

Cash consideration paid at closing
Escrow payments
Fair value of contingent consideration
Total purchase consideration

  $ 

  $ 

18.9 
4.3 
5.5 
28.7 

The fair value of the earn-out payments on the 3Z acquisition date was determined by applying a risk-neutral 

framework using a Monte Carlo Simulation. 

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

The identified tangible and intangible assets acquired, on the acquisition date, were as follows (in millions): 

Tangible assets acquired
Intangible assets acquired:
Developed technology
Customer relationships
Customer backlog

Goodwill
Total consideration transferred

  $ 

  $ 

4.1 

4.4 
7.9 
0.1 
12.2 
28.7 

The allocation of the purchase price to tangible assets, based on the estimated fair values of assets acquired 

and liabilities assumed, was as follows (in millions):

Cash
Total other assets
Total liabilities
Net tangible assets acquired

  $ 

  $ 

2.2 
3.6 
(1.7) 
4.1 

Acquired  intangible  assets  fair  value  is  derived  from  a  valuation  based  on  inputs  that  are  unobservable  and 
significant to the overall fair value measurement. The fair values of acquired customer relationships and developed 
technology  were  determined  based  on  the  excess  earnings  method  and  relief  from  royalty  method,  respectively, 
variations  of  the  income  approach.  The  intangible  assets  are  being  amortized  over  their  estimated  useful  lives, 
which range from five to six years. Customer backlog will be fully amortized within one year.

Goodwill  arising  from  this  acquisition  is  primarily  attributed  to  sales  of  future  products  and  services  of  3Z. 

Goodwill has been assigned to the NE segment and is not deductible for tax purposes.

Results  of  operations  of  3Z  have  been  included  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Financial  Statements 
subsequent  to  the  date  of  acquisition.  Proforma  or  historical  post-acquisition  results  of  operations  have  not  been 
presented because the effect of the acquisition was not material to prior period financial statements.

RPC Photonics, Inc. Acquisition

On  October  30,  2018,  the  Company  acquired  all  of  the  equity  interest  of  RPC  Photonics,  Inc.  (RPC)  for 
approximately  $33.4  million  in  cash  and  an  additional  earn-out  of  up  to  $53.0  million  in  cash  based  on  the 
achievement  of  certain  gross  profit  targets  over  an  approximate  four  year  period.  The  $33.4  million  cash 
consideration  includes  escrow  payments  of  $3.5  million,  which  are  reserved  for  potential  breaches  of 
representations and warranties.  The acquisition of RPC expands the Company’s 3D Sensing offerings. 

The RPC acquisition met the definition of a business and the acquisition has been accounted for in accordance 
with the authoritative guidance on business combinations; therefore, the tangible and intangible assets acquired and 
liabilities assumed were recorded at fair value on the acquisition date. Acquisition related costs incurred were not 
material.

The fair value of consideration transferred for the RPC acquisition consists of the following (in millions):

Cash consideration paid at closing
Escrow payments
Fair value of contingent consideration
Total purchase consideration

  $ 

  $ 

29.9 
3.5 
36.2 
69.6 

The fair value of the earn-out payments on the RPC acquisition date was determined by applying a risk-neutral 

framework using a Monte Carlo Simulation.

73

 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

The identified tangible and intangible assets, on the acquisition date, were as follows (in millions):

Tangible assets acquired:
Intangible assets acquired:
Developed technology
Customer relationships
Customer backlog

Goodwill
Total consideration transferred

  $ 

  $ 

5.7 

15.7 
14.0 
0.3 
33.9 
69.6 

The allocation of the purchase price to tangible assets, based on the estimated fair values of assets acquired 

and liabilities assumed, was as follows (in millions):

Cash
Other current assets
Property and equipment
Total liabilities
Net tangible assets acquired

  $ 

  $ 

1.8 
1.8 
2.6 
(0.5) 
5.7 

The fair values of acquired customer relationships and developed technology were determined based on the 
excess  earnings  method  and  relief  from  royalty  method,  respectively,  variations  of  the  income  approach.  The 
intangible assets are being amortized over their estimated useful lives that range from six to seven years. Customer 
backlog will be fully amortized within one year. 

Goodwill  arising  from  this  acquisition  is  primarily  attributed  to  sales  of  future  products  and  services  of  RPC. 

Goodwill has been assigned to the OSP segment and is not deductible for tax purposes.

Results  of  operations  of  RPC  have  been  included  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Financial  Statements 
subsequent  to  the  date  of  acquisition.  Proforma  or  historical  post-acquisition  results  of  operations  have  not  been 
presented because the effect of the acquisition was not material to prior period financial statements.

Other Acquisitions:

During  the  twelve  months  ended  June  27,  2020,  the  Company  completed  an  asset  acquisition  for  total 
consideration of approximately $5.2 million in cash paid at close and an earn-out liability of up to $5.5 million cash to 
be paid based on the occurrence or achievement of certain agreed upon targets. In connection with this acquisition, 
the Company recorded $6.2 million of developed technology and customer relationships and $1.4 million of deferred 
tax liability resulting from the acquisitions. The acquired developed technology and customer relationship assets are 
being amortized over their estimated useful lives of six years.

74

 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

The following  table provides a reconciliation  of  changes in fair value of the Company’s  earn-out liabilities  for 

the years ended July 3, 2021 and June 27, 2020, as follows (in millions):

Balance: June 29, 2019

  Additions to Contingent Consideration

  Change in Fair Value measurement

  Payments of Contingent Consideration

Balance: June 27, 2020

  Change in Fair Value measurement

  Payments of Contingent Consideration

Balance July 3, 2021

RPC

Other (1)

Total

$ 

30.3  $ 

8.1  $ 

— 

(29.6)   

(0.7)   

—  $ 

— 

— 

—  $ 

3.7 

(1.9)   

— 

9.9  $ 

(4.7)   

(1.2)   

4.0  $ 

$ 

$ 

38.4 

3.7 

(31.5) 

(0.7) 

9.9 

(4.7) 

(1.2) 

4.0 

(1) See Note 5. Acquisitions and of the Notes to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements for more detail.

Note 6. Balance Sheet and Other Details 

Contract Balances

Unbilled Receivables: The Company records a receivable when an unconditional right to consideration exists 
and transfer of control has occurred, such that only the passage of time is required before payment of consideration 
is due. Timing of revenue recognition may differ from the timing of customer invoicing. Payment terms vary based 
on  product  or  service  offerings  and  payment  is  generally  required  within  30  to  90  days  from  date  of  invoicing. 
Certain performance obligations may require payment before delivery of the service to the customer.

Contract assets: A Contract Asset is recognized when a conditional right to consideration exists and transfer of 
control  has  occurred.  Contract Assets  include  fixed  fee  professional  services,  where  the  transfer  of  services  has 
occurred in advance of the Company's right to invoice. Contract Assets, included in accounts receivable, net, on the 
Consolidated Balance Sheets, are not material to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Contract Asset balances 
will  fluctuate  based  upon  the  timing  of  transfer  of  services,  billings  and  customers’  acceptance  of  contractual 
milestones.

Gross receivables include both billed and Unbilled Receivables/Contract Assets. As of July 3, 2021 and June 
27, 2020, the Company had total Unbilled Receivables/Contract Assets of $6.2 million and $3.8 million, respectively.

Deferred  revenue:  Deferred  revenue  consists  of  contract  liabilities  primarily  related  to  support,  solution 
deployment services, software maintenance, product, professional services, and training when the Company has a 
right to invoice or payments have been received and transfer of control has not occurred. Revenue is recognized on 
these  items  when  the  revenue  recognition  criteria  are  met,  generally  resulting  in  ratable  recognition  over  the 
contract term. Contract liabilities are included in other current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The  Company  also  has  short-term  and  long-term  deferred  revenues  related  to  undelivered  hardware  and 
professional  services,  consisting  of  installations  and  consulting  engagements,  which  are  recognized  as  the 
Company's performance obligations under the contract are completed and accepted by the customer.

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

The  following  tables  summarize  the  activity  related  to  deferred  revenue,  for  the  year  ended  July  3,  2021  (in 

millions):

Deferred revenue:

Balance at beginning of period
Revenue deferrals for new contracts (1)
Revenue recognized during the period (2) 
Balance at end of period (3)

Short-term deferred revenue

Long-term deferred revenue

July 3, 2021

74.6 

125.7 

(110.8) 

89.5 

69.7 

19.8 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(1)
(2)

(3)

Included in these amounts is the impact from foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.
Revenue recognized during the period represents releases from the balance at the beginning of the period as well as releases from the 
following period quarter-end deferrals.
The long-term portion of deferred revenue is included as a component of Other non-current liabilities.

Remaining  performance  obligations:  Remaining  performance  obligations  represent  the  aggregate  amount  of 
the  transaction  price  allocated  to  performance  obligations  not  delivered  or  are  incomplete,  as  of  July  3,  2021. 
Remaining  performance  obligations  include  deferred  revenue  plus  unbilled  amounts  not  yet  recorded.  The 
aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations does not include amounts 
owed under cancellable contracts where there is no substantive termination penalty.

Remaining  performance  obligation  estimates  are  subject  to  change  and  are  affected  by  several  factors, 
including  terminations,  changes  in  the  scope  of  contracts,  periodic  revalidation,  adjustments  for  revenue  that  has 
not materialized, and adjustments for currency.

The  value  of  the  transaction  price  allocated  to  remaining  performance  obligations  as  of  July  3,  2021,  was 
$283.1 million. The Company expects to recognize 92% of remaining performance obligations as revenue within the 
next 12 months, and the remainder thereafter.

Accounts Receivable Allowances

The  table  below  presents  the  activities  and  balances  for  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts,  as  follows  (in 

millions):

Year Ended July 3, 2021

Year Ended June 27, 2020

Year Ended June 29, 2019

Balance at 
Beginning of 
Period

Charged to Costs 
and Expenses

Deduction (1)

Balance at 
End of Period

$ 

3.0  $ 

1.1  $ 

2.0 

2.4 

2.0 

1.4 

(2.1)  $ 

(1.0)   

(1.8)   

2.0 

3.0 

2.0 

(1) Represents the effect of currency translation adjustments and write-offs of uncollectible accounts, net of recoveries.

Inventories, net

The following table presents the components of inventories, net, as follows (in millions):

Finished goods

Work in process

Raw materials

Inventories, net

July 3, 2021

June 27, 2020

$ 

$ 

41.0  $ 

16.6 

37.3 

94.9  $ 

30.0 

22.5 

30.8 

83.3 

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Prepayments and Other Current Assets

The following table presents the components of prepayments and other current assets, as follows (in millions):

July 3, 2021

June 27, 2020

Prepayments

Assets held for sale

Advances to contract manufacturers

Refundable income taxes

Transaction tax receivables

Other current assets

$ 

13.4  $ 

6.5 

10.1 

5.9 

13.2 

7.9 

Prepayments and other current assets

$ 

57.0  $ 

10.9 

2.5 

7.3 

10.8 

10.6 

8.7 

50.8 

Property, Plant and Equipment, net

The following table presents the components of property, plant and equipment, net, as follows (in millions):

Land

Buildings and improvements

Machinery and equipment

Furniture, fixtures, software and office equipment

Leasehold improvements

Construction in progress

Property, plant and equipment, gross

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

Property, plant and equipment, net

Other current liabilities

July 3, 2021

June 27, 2020

$ 

19.9  $ 

34.8 

325.3 

74.3 

69.5 

30.1 

553.9 

(357.9)   

$ 

196.0  $ 

16.8 

22.9 

298.5 

74.3 

66.8 

15.6 

494.9 

(322.4) 

172.5 

The following table presents the components of other current liabilities, as follows (in millions):

Customer prepayments

Restructuring accrual

Income tax payable

Warranty accrual

Transaction tax payable

Operating lease liabilities (Note 12)

Other

Other current liabilities

July 3, 2021

June 27, 2020

$ 

0.4  $ 

0.5 

22.6 

4.3 

4.9 

11.6 

12.8 

$ 

57.1  $ 

0.5 

6.5

10.7 

4.6 

3.2 

11.7 

11.2 

48.4 

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Other Non-current Liabilities

The following table presents the components of other non-current liabilities, as follows (in millions):

Pension and post-employment benefits

Deferred tax liability

Financing obligation
Fair value of contingent consideration (1)
Long-term deferred revenue

Operating lease liabilities (Note 12)

Uncertain tax position

Warranty accrual

Other

Other non-current liabilities

July 3, 2021

June 27, 2020

$ 

97.0  $ 

102.7 

24.3 

16.1 

— 

19.8 

30.8 

18.3 

5.4 

14.3 

$ 

226.0  $ 

23.9 

16.2 

9.4 

20.0 

28.1 

11.6 

4.8 

14.5 
231.2 

(1) See “Note 5. Acquisitions” and “Note 8. Fair Value Measurements” of the Notes to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements 

for more detail.

Interest Income and Other Income, net

The following table presents the components of interest income and other income, net, as follows (in millions):

Years Ended

July 3, 2021

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

Interest income

Foreign exchange gain (loss), net

Other income, net

Loss on sale of investments

$ 

2.9  $ 

7.1  $ 

— 

0.4 

— 

2.1 

0.5 

(0.1)   

9.6  $ 

8.1 

(2.9) 

1.5 

(0.5) 

6.2 

Interest income and other income, net

$ 

3.3  $ 

Note 7. Investments and Forward Contracts

Short-Term Investments

As of July 3, 2021, the Company’s short-term investments of $1.6 million were comprised primarily of trading 
securities  related  to  the  deferred  compensation  plan,  of  which  $0.3  million  was  invested  in  debt  securities,  $1.0 
million  was  invested  in  equity  securities  and  $0.3  million  was  invested  in  money  market  instruments.  Trading 
securities  are  reported  at  fair  value,  with  the  unrealized  gains  or  losses  resulting  from  changes  in  fair  value 
recognized in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations as a component of interest and other income, 
net.

As of June 27, 2020, the Company’s short-term investments of $1.5 million were comprised primarily of trading 
securities  related  to  the  deferred  compensation  plan,  of  which  $0.3  million  was  invested  in  debt  securities,  $0.9 
million  was  invested  in  equity  securities  and  $0.3  million  was  invested  in  money  market  instruments  and  other. 
Trading securities are reported at fair value, with the unrealized gains or losses resulting from changes in fair value 
recognized in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations as a component of interest and other income, 
net.

78

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Non-Designated Foreign Currency Forward Contracts

The  Company  has  foreign  subsidiaries  that  operate  and  sell  the  Company’s  products  in  various  markets 
around  the  world. As  a  result,  the  Company  is  exposed  to  foreign  exchange  risks.  The  Company  utilizes  foreign 
exchange  forward  contracts  to  manage  foreign  currency  risk  associated  with  foreign  currency  denominated 
monetary assets and liabilities, primarily certain short-term intercompany receivables and payables, and to reduce 
the volatility of earnings and cash flows related to foreign-currency transactions. The Company does not use these 
foreign currency forward contracts for trading purposes.

As  of  July  3,  2021,  the  Company  had  forward  contracts  that  were  effectively  closed  but  not  settled  with  the 
counterparties by year end. Therefore, the fair value of these contracts of $2.6 million and $1.4 million is reflected 
as  prepayments  and  other  current  assets  and  other  current  liabilities,  respectively. As  of  June  27,  2020,  the  fair 
value of these contracts of $2.2 million and $1.5 million is reflected as prepayments and other current assets and 
other current liabilities, respectively.

The  forward  contracts  outstanding  and  not  effectively  closed,  with  a  term  of  less  than  120  days,  were 
transacted near year end; therefore, the fair value of the contracts is not significant. As of July 3, 2021 and June 27, 
2020, the notional amounts of the forward contracts that Company held to purchase foreign currencies were $114.0 
million  and  $146.4  million,  respectively,  and  the  notional  amounts  of  forward  contracts  that  Company  held  to  sell 
foreign currencies were $27.8 million and $22.0 million, respectively.

The  change  in  the  fair  value  of  these  foreign  currency  forward  contracts  is  recorded  as  gain  or  loss  in  the 
Company’s  Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations  as  a  component  of  interest  and  other  income,  net.  The  cash 
flows  related  to  the  settlement  of  foreign  currency  forward  contracts  are  classified  as  operating  activities.  The 
foreign exchange forward contracts incurred a gain of $14.5 million and a loss of $0.8 million for the years ended 
July 3, 2021 and June 27, 2020, respectively.

Note 8. Fair Value Measurements 

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit 
price)  in  an  orderly  transaction  between  market  participants  at  the  measurement  date.  Assets  and  liabilities  are 
classified under a fair value hierarchy in three levels of inputs as described in “Note 1. Basis of Presentation.” This 
includes: Level 1—Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; Level 2—Quoted 
prices  for  similar  assets  or  liabilities  in  active  markets,  quoted  prices  for  identical  or  similar  assets  or  liabilities  in 
markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability and market-
corroborated inputs; and, Level 3—Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

79

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

The  Company’s  assets  and  liabilities  measured  at  fair  value  for  the  periods  presented  are  as  follows  (in 

millions):

Assets:

July 3, 2021

June 27, 2020

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Debt available-for-sale securities:

Asset-backed securities

$ 

0.4  $  —  $ 

0.4  $  —  $ 

0.5  $  —  $ 

0.5  $  — 

Total debt available-for-sale securities

0.4 

— 

Money market funds

  408.9 

  408.9 

Trading securities
Foreign currency forward contracts (1)
Total assets (2)

Liability:

Foreign currency forward contracts (3)
Contingent consideration (4)

0.4 

— 

— 

2.6 

— 

— 

— 

— 

0.5 

— 

  334.6 

  334.6 

1.4 

2.2 

1.4 

— 

0.5 

— 

— 

2.2 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1.6 

2.6 

1.6 

— 

$  413.5  $  410.5  $ 

3.0  $  —  $  338.7  $  336.0  $ 

2.7  $  — 

$ 

1.4  $  —  $ 

1.4  $  —  $ 

1.5  $  —  $ 

1.5  $  — 

4.0 

— 

— 

4.0 

9.9 

— 

— 

9.9 

9.9 

Total liabilities

$ 

5.4  $  —  $ 

1.4  $ 

4.0  $  11.4  $  —  $ 

1.5  $ 

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

$2.6 million and $2.2 million in prepayments and other current assets on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of July 3, 
2021 and June 27, 2020, respectively.
Includes  as  of  July  3,  2021,  $401.0  million  in  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  $1.6  million  in  short-term  investments,  $2.7  million  in 
restricted cash, $2.6 million in prepayments and other current assets, and $5.6 million in other non-current assets on the Company’s 
Consolidated Balance Sheets. Includes as of June 27, 2020, $327.2 million in cash and cash equivalents, $1.4 million in short-term 
investments, $3.4 million in restricted cash, $2.2 million in prepayments and other current assets and $4.5 million in other non-current 
assets on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. 
Includes $1.4 million and $1.5 million in other current liabilities on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of July 3, 2021 and 
June 27, 2020, respectively.
Includes $0.0 million and $9.4 million in other non-current liabilities and $4.0 million and $0.5 million in other current liabilities as of July 
3, 2021 and June 27, 2020, respectively. 

Note 9. Goodwill 

Changes in the carry value of goodwill allocated segment are as follows (in millions):

Network
Enablement

Service
Enablement

Optical Security
and Performance
Products

Total

Balance as of June 29, 2019 (1)
Acquisitions (2)
Currency translation and other 
adjustments
Balance as of June 27, 2020 (3)
Currency translation

Balance as of July 03, 2021 (4)

$ 

$ 

$ 

338.9  $ 
— 

(4.0)   
334.9  $ 

14.8 

349.7  $ 

—  $ 
4.3 

— 
4.3  $ 
0.3 

4.6  $ 

42.2  $ 
— 

— 
42.2  $ 
— 

42.2  $ 

381.1 
4.3 

(4.0) 
381.4 
15.1 

396.5 

(1)

(2)

(3)

Gross  goodwill  balances  for  NE,  SE  and  OSP  were  $640.8  million,  $272.6  million  and  $126.7  million,  respectively  as  of  June  29, 
2019. Accumulated impairment for NE, SE and OSP was $301.9 million, $272.6 million and $84.5 million, respectively as of June 29, 
2019.

See  “Note  5.  Acquisitions”  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statement  for  additional  information  related  to  the  Company’s 
acquisitions.

Gross  goodwill  balances  for  NE,  SE  and  OSP  were  $636.8  million,  $276.9  million  and  $126.7  million,  respectively  as  of  June  27, 
2020. Accumulated impairment for NE, SE and OSP was $301.9 million, $272.6 million and $84.5 million, respectively as of June 27, 
2020.

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

(4)

Gross goodwill balances for NE, SE and OSP were $651.6 million, $277.2 million and $126.7 million, respectively as of July 3, 2021. 
Accumulated impairment for NE, SE and OSP was $301.9 million, $272.6 million and $84.5 million, respectively as of July 3, 2021.

Impairment of Goodwill

The  Company  tests  goodwill  at  the  reporting  unit  level  for  impairment  annually,  during  the  fourth  quarter  of 
each  fiscal  year,  or  more  frequently  if  events  or  circumstances  indicate  that  the  asset  may  be  impaired.  The 
Company determined that, based on its organizational structure and the financial information that is provided to and 
reviewed  by  the  Company’s  Chief  Operating  Decision  Maker  (CODM)  during  fiscal  2021,  2020  and  2019  and  its 
reporting units were NE, SE and OSP.

No indications of impairment were identified for fiscal years ending on July 3, 2021, June 27, 2020 and June 

29, 2019.

Note 10. Acquired Developed Technology and Other Intangibles 

The following tables present details of the Company’s acquired developed technology, customer relationships 

and other intangibles as of July 3, 2021, and June 27, 2020, (in millions):

As of July 03, 2021

Acquired developed technology

Customer relationships

Other (1)

Total intangibles

As of June 27, 2020

Acquired developed technology

Customer relationships

Other (1)

Total intangibles

Weighted-Average 
Remaining Useful 
Life

3.2 years

3.5 years

1.1 years

Weighted-Average 
Remaining Useful 
Life

3.7 years

2.6 years

2.0 years

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Gross Carrying 
Amount

Accumulated 
Amortization

Net

423.8  $ 

195.4 

37.9 

657.1  $ 

(356.9)  $ 

(180.8)   

(31.4)   

(569.1)  $ 

Gross Carrying 
Amount

Accumulated 
Amortization

Net

437.1  $ 

194.7 

35.7 

667.5  $ 

(341.6)  $ 

(154.1)   

(23.7)   

(519.4)  $ 

66.9 

14.6 

6.5 

88.0 

95.5 

40.6 

12.0 

148.1 

(1) Other  intangibles  consist  of  customer  backlog,  non-competition  agreements,  patents,  proprietary  know-how  and  trade  secrets, 

trademarks and trade names.

The  following  table  presents  details  of  the  Company’s  amortization  of  acquired  technology  and  other 

intangibles, (in millions):

Cost of revenues

Operating expense

Total

July 3, 2021

Years Ended

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

$ 

$ 

33.2  $ 

33.3 

66.5  $ 

32.7  $ 

35.1 

67.8  $ 

34.4 

38.1 

72.5 

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Based on the carrying amount of acquired developed technology, customer relationships and other intangibles 
as of July 3, 2021, and assuming no future impairment of the underlying assets, the estimated future amortization is 
as follows (in millions):

Fiscal Years

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

Thereafter

Total amortization

Note 11. Debt 

$ 

$ 

39.5 

25.5 

10.3 

6.8 

3.1 

2.8 

88.0 

As  of  July  3,  2021  and  June  27,  2020,  the  Company’s  debt  on  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  was  as 
follows,  including  the  carrying  amounts  of  the  liability  and  equity  components  of  the  Senior  Convertible  Notes 
(in millions):

July 3, 2021

June 27, 2020

Principal amount of 1.00% Senior Convertible Notes due 2024

$ 

460.0  $ 

Unamortized discount of Senior Convertible Notes liability component, short-term

Unamortized Senior Convertible Notes debt issuance cost, short-term

Other short-term debt

Short-term debt

Principal amount of 1.00% Senior Convertible Notes due 2024

Principal amount of 1.75% Senior Convertible Notes due 2023

Unamortized discount of Senior Convertible Notes liability component, long-term

Unamortized Senior Convertible Notes debt issuance cost, long-term

Long-term debt

(42.9)   

(2.9)   

— 

414.2 

— 

225.0 

(14.4)   

(0.8)   

209.8 

— 

— 

— 

2.8 

2.8 

460.0 

225.0 

(79.1) 

(5.0) 

600.9 

Temporary equity 1.00% Convertible Notes due 2024

45.8 

— 

Carrying amount of Senior Convertible Notes equity component (1)

$ 

91.0  $ 

136.8 

(1)

Included in additional paid-in-capital on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

Revolving Credit Facility

On May 5, 2020, the Company entered into a credit agreement (the Credit Agreement) with Wells Fargo Bank, 
National Association (Wells Fargo) as administrative agent, and other lender related parties. The Credit Agreement 
provides  for  a  $300  million  senior  secured  revolving  credit  facility,  which  matures  on  March  1,  2023.  The  Credit 
Agreement  also  provides  that,  under  certain  circumstances,  the  Company  may  incur  term  loans  or  increase  the 
aggregate principal amount of revolving commitments by an aggregate amount of up to $200 million plus additional 
amounts so long as our secured net leverage ratio, determined on a pro forma basis does not exceed 1.50:1.00. 
The  proceeds  from  the  credit  facility  established  under  the  Credit Agreement  will  be  used  for  working  capital  and 
other  general  corporate  purposes. The  obligations  under  the  Credit Agreement  are  secured  by  substantially  all  of 
our assets.

82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Amounts  outstanding  under  the  Credit  Agreement  accrue  interest  at  a  rate  equal  to  either,  at  our  election, 
LIBOR plus a margin of 1.75% to 2.50% per annum, or a specified base rate plus a margin of 0.75% to 1.50%, in 
each case, depending on our consolidated secured leverage ratio. The Company is required to pay a commitment 
fee on the unutilized portion of the facility which ranges between 0.30% and 0.40% per annum depending on our 
consolidated secured leverage ratio. As of July 3, 2021, the Company had no amounts outstanding under the Credit 
Agreement.

Short-Term Debt

The short-term debt balance of $414.2 million as of July 3, 2021 represents the current redeemable status of 
our  1.00%  Senior  Convertible  Notes.  See  further  discussion  below  under  the  section  "1.00%  Senior  Convertible 
Notes (2024 Notes)" as it relates to reclassification of these notes from long-term debt to short-term debt at the end 
of  fiscal  2021.  The  short-term  debt  of  $2.8  million  as  of  June  27,  2020  was  assumed  as  part  of  an  acquisition 
completed in fiscal 2020 and was paid in full during fiscal 2021.

1.75% Senior Convertible Notes (2023 Notes)

On May 29, 2018, the Company issued $225.0 million aggregate principal amount of 1.75% Senior Convertible 
Notes due 2023 in a private offering to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act 
of 1933, as amended. The Company issued $155.5 million aggregate principal of the 2023 Notes to certain holders 
of the 2033 Notes in exchange for $151.5 million principal of the 2033 Notes (the Exchange Transaction) and issued 
and  sold  $69.5  million  aggregate  principal  amount  of  the  2023  Notes  in  a  private  placement  to  accredited 
institutional buyers (the Private Placement). The carrying value of the liability component at issuance was calculated 
as  the  present  value  of  its  cash  flows  using  a  discount  rate  of  5.3%  based  on  the  5-year  swap  rate  plus  credit 
spread as of the issuance date. As of July 3, 2021, the expected remaining term of the 2023 Notes is 1.9 years.

The  proceeds  from  the  2023  Notes  Private  Placement  amounted  to  $67.3  million  after  issuance  costs.  The 
2023 Notes are an unsecured obligation of the Company and bear interest at an annual rate of 1.75% payable in 
cash semi-annually in arrears on June 1st and December 1st of each year, beginning December 1, 2018. The 2023 
Notes mature on June 1, 2023 unless earlier converted, redeemed or repurchased.

The 2023 Notes may be converted under certain circumstances, based on an initial conversion rate of 71.7231 
shares (equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately  $13.94 per share), at the option of the holders into 
cash up to the principal amount, with the remaining amount converted into cash, shares of the Company’s common 
stock,  or  a  combination  of  cash  and  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  at  the  Company’s  election.  The 
conversion rate, and thus the conversion price, may be adjusted under certain circumstances. The initial conversion 
price represents a 37.5% premium to the closing sale price of the Company’s common stock on the pricing date, 
May 22, 2018, which will be subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments. Holders may convert the 2023 Notes at 
any time on or prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding March 1, 2023 in multiples 
of $1,000 principal amount, under the following circumstances:

• On  any  date  during  any  calendar  quarter  beginning  after  September  30,  2018  (and  only  during  such 
calendar  quarter)  if  the  closing  price  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  was  more  than  130%  of  the  then 
current conversion price for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during the 30 consecutive 
trading-day period ending the last trading day of the previous calendar quarter; 

•

•

•

Upon the occurrence of specified corporate events; 

If  the  Company  is  party  to  a  specified  transaction,  a  fundamental  change  or  a  make-whole  fundamental 
change (each as defined in the indenture of the 2023 Notes); or

During  the  five  consecutive  business-day  period  immediately  following  any  ten  consecutive  trading-day 
period in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of the 2023 Notes for each day of such ten 
consecutive trading-day period was less than 98% of the product of the closing sale price of VIAVI common 
stock and the applicable conversion rate on such date.

83

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

During  the  periods  from,  and  including,  March  1,  2023,  until  the  close  of  business  on  the  business  day 
immediately preceding June 1, 2023, holders may convert the 2023 Notes at any time, regardless of the foregoing 
circumstances.

Holders of the 2023 Notes may require the Company to purchase all or a portion of the 2023 Notes upon the 
occurrence  of  a  fundamental  change  at  a  price  equal  to  100%  of  the  principal  amount  of  the  2023  Notes  to  be 
purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding the fundamental repurchase date. The Company may 
redeem all or a portion of the 2023 Notes for cash at any time on or after June 1, 2021, at a redemption price equal 
to  100%  of  the  principal  amount  of  the  2023  Notes  to  be  redeemed,  plus  accrued  and  unpaid  interest  to,  but 
excluding, the redemption date under certain conditions.

In accordance with the authoritative accounting guidance, the Company separated the 2023 Notes into liability 
and equity components. The credit spread for the Company is based on the historical average “yield to worst” rate 
for  BB  rated  issuers.  The  difference  between  the  2023  Notes  principal  and  the  carrying  value  of  the  liability 
component,  representing  the  value  of  conversion  premium  assigned  to  the  equity  component,  was  recorded  as  a 
debt discount on the issuance date and is being accreted using the effective interest rate of 5.3% over the period 
from the issuance date through June 1, 2023 as a non-cash charge to interest expense. The carrying value of the 
liability component was determined to be $190.1 million, and the equity component, or debt discount, of the 2023 
Notes was determined to be $34.9 million. 

In connection with the issuance of the 2023 Notes, the Company incurred $2.2 million of issuance costs, which 
were  bifurcated  into  the  debt  issuance  costs,  attributable  to  the  liability  component  of  $1.9  million  and  the  equity 
issuance  costs,  attributable  to  the  equity  component  of  $0.3  million  based  on  their  relative  values.  The  debt 
issuance costs were capitalized and are being amortized to interest expense using the effective interest rate method 
from issuance date through June 1, 2023. The equity issuance costs were netted against the equity component in 
additional paid-in capital at the issuance date. As of July 3, 2021, the unamortized portion of the debt issuance costs 
related to the 2023 Notes was $0.8 million, which was included as a direct reduction from the carrying amount of the 
debt on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Based on quoted market prices as of July 3, 2021 and June 27, 2020, the fair value of the 2023 Notes was 
approximately $300.7 million and $251.4 million, respectively. The 2023 Notes are classified within Level 2 as they 
are not actively traded in markets.

1.00% Senior Convertible Notes (2024 Notes)

On March 3, 2017, the Company issued $400 million aggregate principal amount of 1.00% Senior Convertible 
Notes due 2024 in a private offering to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act 
of 1933, as amended. On March 22, 2017, the Company issued an additional $60 million upon exercise of the over-
allotment option of the initial purchasers. The total proceeds from the 2024 Notes amounted to $451.1 million after 
issuance costs. The 2024 Notes are an unsecured obligation of the Company and bear interest at an annual rate 
of  1.00%  payable  in  cash  semi-annually  in  arrears  on  March  1  and  September  1  of  each  year.  The  2024  Notes 
mature on March 1, 2024 unless earlier converted or repurchased.

The 2024 Notes may be converted under certain circumstances, based on an initial conversion rate of 75.6229 
shares (equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $13.22 per share), at the option of the holders into 
cash up to the principal amount, with the remaining amount converted into cash, shares of the Company’s common 
stock,  or  a  combination  of  cash  and  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  at  the  Company’s  election.  The 
conversion rate, and thus the conversion price, may be adjusted under certain circumstances. The initial conversion 
price represents a 32.5% premium to the closing sale price of the Company’s common stock on the pricing date, 
February 27, 2017, which will be subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments.

84

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

The  2024  Notes  may  be  converted  at  any  time  on  or  prior  to  the  close  of  business  on  the  business  day 
immediately preceding December 1, 2023, in multiples of $1,000 principal amount, at the option of the holder only 
under the following circumstances: 

• On  any  date  during  any  calendar  quarter  beginning  after  June  30,  2017  (and  only  during  such  calendar 
quarter)  if  the  closing  price  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  was  more  than  130%  of  the  then  current 
conversion price for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during the 30 consecutive trading-
day period ending on the last trading day of the previous calendar quarter;

•

•

•

•

If  the  Company  distributes  to  all  or  substantially  all  holders  of  its  common  stock  rights  or  warrants  (other 
than pursuant to a stockholder rights plan) entitling them to purchase, for a period of 45 calendar days or 
less, shares of VIAVI’s common stock at a price less than the average closing sale price of VIAVI’s common 
stock for the ten trading days preceding the declaration date for such distribution;

If the Company distributes to all or substantially all holders of its common stock, cash or other assets, debt 
securities  or  rights  to  purchase  our  securities  (other  than  pursuant  to  a  stockholder  rights  plan),  at  a  per 
share value exceeding 10% of the closing sale price of the Company’s common stock on the trading day 
preceding the declaration date for such distribution;

If  the  Company  is  party  to  a  specified  transaction,  a  fundamental  change  or  a  make-whole  fundamental 
change (each as defined in the Indenture of the 2024 Notes); or

During  the  five  consecutive  business-day  period  immediately  following  any  ten  consecutive  trading-day 
period  in  which  the  trading  price  per  $1,000  principal  amount  of  the  2024  Notes  for  each  day  of 
such  ten  consecutive  trading-day  period  was  less  than  98%  of  the  product  of  the  closing  sale  price  of 
VIAVI’s common stock and the applicable conversion rate on such date.

During  the  periods  from,  and  including  December  1,  2023  until  the  close  of  business  on  the  business  day 
immediately preceding March 1, 2024, holders may convert the 2024 Notes at any time regardless of the foregoing 
circumstances.

Holders of the 2024 Notes may require the Company to purchase all or a portion of the 2024 Notes upon the 
occurrence of a fundamental change at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2024 Notes 
to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the fundamental repurchase date.

The  Indenture  provides  for  customary  events  of  default,  including  payment  defaults,  breaches  of  covenants, 
failure  to  pay  certain  judgments  and  certain  events  of  bankruptcy,  insolvency  and  reorganization.  If  an  event  of 
default occurs and is continuing, the principal amount of the 2024 Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, 
may  be  declared  immediately  due  and  payable,  subject  to  certain  conditions  set  forth  in  the  Indenture.  These 
amounts  automatically  become  due  and  payable  if  an  event  of  default  relating  to  certain  events  of  bankruptcy, 
insolvency or reorganization occurs.

In accordance with the authoritative accounting guidance, the Company separated the 2024 Notes into liability 
and equity components. The credit spread for the Company is based on the historical average “yield to worst” rate 
for BB rated issuers. The carrying value of the liability component at issuance was calculated as the present value 
of its cash flows using a discount rate of 4.8% based on the 7-year swap rate plus credit spread as of the issuance 
date.  The  difference  between  the  2024  Notes  principal  and  the  carrying  value  of  the  liability  component, 
representing the value of conversion premium assigned to the equity component, was recorded as a debt discount 
on  the  issuance  date  and  is  being  accreted  using  the  effective  interest  rate  of  4.8%  over  the  period  from  the 
issuance date through March 1, 2024 as a non-cash charge to interest expense. The carrying value of the liability 
component  was  determined  to  be  $358.1  million,  and  the  equity  component,  or  debt  discount,  of  the  2024  Notes 
was  determined  to  be  $101.9  million. As  of  July  3,  2021,  the  expected  remaining  term  of  the  2024  Notes  is  2.7 
years.

85

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

In connection with the issuance of the 2024 Notes, the Company incurred $8.9 million of issuance costs, which 
were  bifurcated  into  the  debt  issuance  costs,  attributable  to  the  liability  component  of  $6.9  million  and  the  equity 
issuance  costs,  attributable  to  the  equity  component  of  $2.0  million  based  on  their  relative  values.  The  debt 
issuance costs were capitalized and are being amortized to interest expense using the effective interest rate method 
from issuance date through March 1, 2024. The equity issuance costs were netted against the equity component in 
additional paid-in capital at the issuance date. As of July 3, 2021, the unamortized portion of the debt issuance costs 
related to the 2024 Notes was $2.9 million, which was included as a direct reduction from the carrying amount of the 
debt on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

During  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2021,  the  closing  price  of  our  common  stock  exceeded  the  130%  of  the 
applicable conversion price of the 2024 Notes, on at least 20 of the last 30 consecutive trading days of the calendar 
quarter, causing the 2024 Notes to be convertible by their holders for the period of July 1, 2021 to September 30, 
2021. As the settlement of conversion of the 2024 Notes is in cash for the principal amount and, if applicable, cash 
and/or  shares  of  our  common  stock  for  any  conversion  premium  at  the  Company’s  election.  As  a  result, 
$414.2  million  in  book  value  of  the  Notes  has  been  reclassified  to  short-term  debt  and  the  difference  in  the  book 
value  and  the  face  value  of  the  2024  Notes,  of  $45.8  million,  has  been  reclassified  from  permanent  equity  to 
temporary  equity. The  Company  is  not  aware  of,  nor  expects,  any  conversion  requests  by  holders  as  the  market 
price of the 2024 Notes exceeds its conversion value.

Based on quoted market prices as of July 3, 2021 and June 27, 2020, the fair value of the 2024 Notes was 
approximately $646.9 million and $523.3 million, respectively. The 2024 Notes are classified within Level 2 as they 
are not actively traded in markets.

The Company was in compliance with all debt covenants as of July 3, 2021 and June 27, 2020.

Interest Expense

The  following  table  presents  the  interest  expense  for  contractual  interest,  amortization  of  debt  issuance  cost 

and accretion of debt discount (in millions):

Interest expense-contractual interest

Amortization of debt issuance cost

Accretion of debt discount

Note 12. Leases 

Years Ended

July 3, 2021

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

$ 

$ 

9.5 

2.0 

21.7 

$ 

8.5 

1.4 

20.8 

8.8 

1.4 

21.3 

The  Company  is  a  lessee  in  several  operating  leases,  primarily  real  estate  facilities  for  office  space.  The 
Company's lease arrangements are composed of operating leases with various expiration dates through March 31, 
2042. The Company's leases do not contain any material residual value guarantees.

During the fiscal year ending on July 3, 2021, the total operating lease costs were $13.9 million. Total variable 
lease costs were immaterial during the fiscal year ending on July 3, 2021. The total operating costs were included in 
cost  of  revenues,  research  and  development,  and  selling,  general  and  administrative  in  the  Company’s 
Consolidated Statements of Operations.

As  of  July  3,  2021,  the  weighted-average  remaining  lease  term  was  7.7  years,  and  the  weighted-average 

discount rate was 4.7%.

During the fiscal year ending on July 3, 2021, cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of operating 
lease liabilities was $15.1 million; and operating ROU assets obtained in exchange of new operating lease liabilities 
was $15.4 million.

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

The balance sheet information related to our operating leases is as follows (in millions):

Other non-current assets

Total operating ROU assets

Other current liabilities

Other non-current liabilities

Total operating lease liabilities

Future minimum operating lease payments as of July 3, 2021 are as follows (in millions):

Fiscal 2022
Fiscal 2023

Fiscal 2024

Fiscal 2025

Fiscal 2026

Thereafter

Total lease payments

Less: Interest

Present value of lease liabilities

July 3, 2021

45.1 

45.1 

11.6 

30.8 

42.4 

Operating Leases

11.7 
9.4 

6.8 

4.9 

3.8 

13.7 

50.3 

(7.9) 

42.4 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Future minimum operating lease payments as of June 27, 2020, were as follows (in millions):

Fiscal 2021

Fiscal 2022

Fiscal 2023

Fiscal 2024

Fiscal 2025

Thereafter

Total lease payments

Less: Interest

Present value of lease liabilities

Operating Leases

$ 

$ 

12.8 

10.2 

6.0 

4.6 

3.6 

7.5 

44.7 

(4.9) 

39.8 

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Note 13. Restructuring and Related Charges 

The Company's restructuring events are primarily intended to reduce costs, consolidate operations, streamline 
product  manufacturing  and  address  market  conditions.  During  fiscal  year  2021,  the  Company  recorded  a  benefit 
related to restructuring actions of  $1.6 million, and in fiscal years 2020 and 2019, restructuring and related charges 
of  $3.5  million  and  $15.4  million,  respectively.  A  summary  of  the  activity  in  the  remaining  restructuring  plan  is 
outlined below (in millions):

Balance as of 
June 27, 2020

Fiscal Year 
2021 Charges

Cash
Settlements

Non-cash
Settlements
and Other
Adjustments

Balance as of 
July 3, 2021

Fiscal 2019 NSE, including AW

$ 

6.5  $ 

(1.6)  $ 

(4.3)  $ 

(0.1)  $ 

0.5 

The  NSE,  including  AW  Restructuring  Plan  was  approved  by  Management  during  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal 
2019.  The  plan  is  part  of  a  strategy  to  improve  overall  profitability  in  the  NSE  business  segment  and  included 
actions related to consolidation, integration and workforce reduction. The plan was re-approved in the third quarter 
of fiscal 2019 and the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020 to include additional headcount. The balances of $0.5 million and 
$6.5  million  as  of  July  3,  2021  and  June  27,  2020,  respectively,  are  included  in  other  current  liabilities  on  the 
Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.  Payments  related  to  the  remaining  severance  and  benefits  accrual  will  be  paid  in 
fiscal 2022.

Note 14. Income Taxes

The Company’s income (loss) before income taxes consisted of the following (in millions):

Domestic

Foreign

Income before income taxes

Years Ended

July 3, 2021

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

$ 

$ 

(43.1)  $ 

152.5 

109.4  $ 

(35.1)  $ 

129.2 

94.1  $ 

(66.9) 

106.2 

39.3 

The Company’s income tax expense (benefit) consisted of the following (in millions):

Federal:

Current

Deferred

Total federal income tax expense

State:

Current

Deferred

Total state income tax expense

Foreign:

Current
Deferred

Total foreign income tax (benefit) expense

Total income tax expense

July 3, 2021

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

Years Ended

$ 

$ 

—  $ 

— 

— 

20.1 

— 

20.1 

44.8 
(1.6)   

43.2 

63.3  $ 

—  $ 

— 

— 

2.7 

— 

2.7 

50.1 
12.5 

62.6 

65.3  $ 

— 

— 

— 

0.1 

— 

0.1 

33.3 
(1.9) 

31.4 

31.5 

The  state  current  expense  primarily  relates  to  state  taxes  incurred  as  a  result  of  the  internal  intellectual 

property restructuring which, was undertaken in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year 2021.

88

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

The  foreign  current  expense  primarily  relates  to  the  Company’s  profitable  operations  in  certain  foreign 
jurisdictions and withholding tax paid on the repatriation of foreign earnings during the year. The foreign deferred tax 
(benefit)  expense  relates  to  the  release  of  valuation  allowance  in  a  foreign  jurisdiction  and  the  amortization  of 
purchased intangible assets.

A reconciliation of the Company’s income tax expense at the federal statutory rate to the income tax expense 

at the effective tax rate is as follows (in millions):

July 3, 2021

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

Years Ended

Income tax expense computed at federal statutory rate

$ 

23.0  $ 

19.8  $ 

Withholding Taxes

US Inclusion of foreign earnings

Valuation allowance
Foreign rate differential

Reserves

Permanent items

Fair value change of the earn-out liability

Reversal of previously accrued taxes
Research and experimentation benefits and other tax 
credits

State taxes

Other

Income tax expense

8.7 

3.6 

5.5 
3.9 

8.6 

0.8 

(1.5)   

(2.1)   

(0.5)   

12.9 

0.4 

$ 

63.3  $ 

34.2 

12.8 

0.7 
4.5 

2.3 

(0.3)   

(6.6)   

(3.7)   

(0.2)   

2.1 

(0.3)   

65.3  $ 

8.3 

1.5 

16.0 

1.0 
4.8 

3.5 

(1.4) 

(1.3) 

(1.2) 

— 

0.1 

0.2 

31.5 

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

The components of the Company’s net deferred taxes consisted of the following (in millions):

Gross deferred tax assets:

Tax credit carryforwards

Net operating loss carryforwards

Capital loss carryforwards

Inventories

Accruals and reserves

Intangibles including acquisition-related items 

Capitalized research costs

Other
Gross deferred tax assets

Valuation allowance

Deferred tax assets

Gross deferred tax liabilities:

Acquisition-related items

Tax on unrepatriated earnings

Foreign branch taxes

Other

Deferred tax liabilities

Total net deferred tax assets

July 3, 2021

Balance as of

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

$ 

135.7  $ 

159.5  $ 

536.1 

1.1 

28.9 

66.5 

632.4 

15.7 

66.1 
1,482.5 

1,118.6 

63.9 

20.3 

61.6 

45.1 

72.0 

44.6 
1,585.6 

164.3 

1,206.9 

63.9 

9.6 

55.6 

42.1 

— 

43.1 
1,585.5 

(1,295.9)   

(1,405.5)   

(1,405.3) 

186.6 

180.1 

180.2 

(29.1)   

(18.4)   

(22.3)   

(31.9)   

(101.7)   

84.9  $ 

(31.8)   

(15.6)   

(21.4)   

(29.8)   

(98.6)   

81.5  $ 

(33.5) 

(1.8) 

(22.0) 

(29.1) 

(86.4) 

93.8 

$ 

As  of  July  3,  2021,  the  Company  had  federal,  state  and  foreign  tax  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  of 
$2,078.8 million, $521.7 million and $532.9 million, respectively, and federal, state and foreign research and other 
tax credit carryforwards of $85.9 million, $49.0 million and $0.1 million, respectively. The federal tax net operating 
loss carryforwards start to expire in fiscal year 2023 and at various dates through 2038 if not utilized. The federal 
credit carryforwards start to expire fiscal year 2022 and at various dates through fiscal year 2042 if not utilized. The 
state tax net operating loss carryforwards start to expire in fiscal year 2022 and at various dates through 2041 if not 
utilized.  The  state  research  credit  start  to  expire  in  fiscal  year  2023  but  a  majority  of  the  state  credits  have  an 
indefinite carryforward period. In addition, a portion of the foreign tax net operating loss, tax credit and capital loss 
carryforwards have an indefinite carryforward period. Utilization of the tax net operating losses may be subject to a 
substantial  annual  limitation  due  to  the  ownership  change  limitations  provided  by  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  and 
similar state and foreign provisions. Loss carryforward limitations may result in the expiration or reduced utilization 
of a portion of the Company’s net operating losses. 

On July 2, 2021, the Company completed a planned series of internal transactions restructuring certain of 
VIAVI’s  intellectual  properties.    The  result  of  which  aligns  the  properties  in  a  single  entity  which  owns,  manages, 
directs, and protects the properties, including but not limited to patents, product designs, processes, manufacturing 
technologies, know-how, and trade secrets. In conjunction with the internal restructuring, $2.3 billion ($482 million 
tax effected) of US federal net operating loss carryforwards were utilized, the Company recognized a new deferred 
tax  asset  relating  to  the  book  and  tax  basis  difference  of  certain  intangible  assets  of  $589  million.  Given  the  full 
valuation allowance that is carried on the Company’s US deferred tax assets, the change in the deferred taxes as a 
result of the transaction does not have material impact on the financial statements. The Company recorded state tax 
expense including reserves for uncertain tax positions of $19.1 million related to this transaction.    

Foreign  withholding  taxes  associated  with  the  repatriation  of  earnings  of  foreign  subsidiaries  have  not  been 
provided on $11.2 million of undistributed earnings for certain foreign subsidiaries. The Company intends to reinvest 
these earnings indefinitely outside of the United States. The Company estimates that an additional $2.1 million of 
foreign withholding taxes would have to be provided if these earnings were repatriated back to the U.S.

90

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

During fiscal year 2020, in light of the economic uncertainty caused by COVID-19, the Company reevaluated 
its  historic  assertion  on  foreign  earnings  and  no  longer  considered  a  majority  of  its  earnings  to  be  permanently 
reinvested resulting in a $32.5 million charge for withholding taxes expected to be paid on the repatriation of $324.0 
million  of  foreign  earnings  that  the  Company  does  not  consider  to  be  permanently  reinvested.  During  the  third 
quarter of fiscal 2020, which included changing the Company’s intent with regard to the indefinite reinvestment of 
such foreign earnings, the Company initially accrued $31.6 million for withholding taxes expected to be paid on the 
repatriation  of  $316.4  million  of  accumulated  foreign  earnings  that  it  no  longer  considers  to  be  permanently 
reinvested as of the third quarter. During fiscal year 2020, the Company paid $19.5 million withholding income tax 
on the repatriation of foreign earnings. The repatriation of these earnings increases available cash in the U.S. and 
provides greater U.S. financial flexibility to assist the Company in navigating the expected downturn in the economy. 
The  foreign  earnings  are  being  repatriated  to  the  U.S.  without  incurring  any  significant  additional  U.S  current  or 
deferred tax expense. 

On March 27, 2020, the House passed the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (The CARES 
Act), also known as the Third COVID-19 Supplemental Relief bill, and the president signed the legislation into law. 
Tax  provisions  of  the  Act  include  the  deferral  of  certain  payroll  taxes,  relief  for  retaining  employees,  and  other 
provisions. The provisions of the legislation did not have a significant impact on the effective tax rate or the income 
tax  payable  and  deferred  income  tax  positions  of  the  Company.  The  Company  continues  to  monitor  additional 
guidance issued by the U.S. Treasury Department, the Internal Revenue Service and others.

The valuation allowance decreased by $109.6 million in fiscal 2021, increased by $0.2 million in fiscal 2020, 
and increased by $23.2 million in fiscal 2019. The decrease during fiscal 2021 was primarily due to the expiration of 
federal  net  operating  losses,  federal  capital  losses,  and  federal  research  credits. The  increase  during  fiscal  2020 
was primarily due to the business acquired during the year. The increase during fiscal 2019 was primarily due to the 
net increase of deferred tax assets resulting from the inclusion of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries in the U.S. tax 
return  as  a  consequence  of  the  U.S.  Tax  Cuts  and  Jobs Act.  The  following  table  provides  information  about  the 
activity of our deferred tax valuation allowance (in millions):

Deferred Tax Valuation Allowance

Year Ended July 3, 2021

Year Ended June 27, 2020

Year Ended June 29, 2019

$ 

$ 

$ 

Balance at
Beginning
of Period

Additions Charged
to Expenses or
Other Accounts (1)

Deductions Credited 
to Expenses or Other 
Accounts (2)

Balance at
End of
Period

1,405.5  $ 

1,405.3  $ 

1,382.1  $ 

622.0  $ 

95.1  $ 

72.8  $ 

(731.6)  $ 

(94.9)  $ 

(49.6)  $ 

1,295.9 

1,405.5 

1,405.3 

(1) Additions include current year additions charged to expenses and current year build due to increases in net deferred tax assets, return 

to provision true-ups, other adjustments.

(2) Deductions include current year releases credited to expenses and current year reductions due to decreases in net deferred tax 

assets, return to provision true-ups, other adjustments and increases in deferred tax liabilities.

91

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

A  reconciliation  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits  between  June  30,  2018  and  July  3,  2021  is  as  follows  (in 

millions):

Balance at June 30, 2018

Additions based on tax positions related to current year

Additions based on tax positions related to prior year

Reduction based on tax positions related to prior year

Reductions for lapse of statute of limitations

Balance at June 29, 2019

Additions based on tax positions related to current year

Additions based on tax positions related to prior year

Reduction based on tax positions related to prior year

Reduction related to settlement
Reductions for lapse of statute of limitations

Balance at June 27, 2020

Additions based on tax positions related to current year

Reduction based on tax positions related to prior year

Reduction related to settlement 

Reductions for lapse of statute of limitations

Balance at July 3, 2021

$ 

$ 

48.6 

1.7 

7.3 

(2.8) 

(0.6) 

54.2 

2.2 

0.3 

(3.8) 

(0.4) 
(0.5) 

52.0 

14.8 

(6.8) 

(0.5) 

(0.4) 

59.1 

The unrecognized tax benefits relate primarily to the allocations of revenue and costs among the Company’s 
global operations and the validity of some U.S. tax credits. Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits at 
July 3, 2021 are $14.2 million of tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate. Also included in 
the balance of unrecognized tax benefits at July 3, 2021 are $41.3 million of tax benefits that, if recognized, would 
result in adjustments to the valuation allowance.

The  Company’s  policy  is  to  recognize  accrued  interest  and  penalties  related  to  unrecognized  tax  benefits 
within the income tax provision. The amount of interest and penalties accrued as of July 3, 2021, June 27, 2020 and 
June  29,  2019  was  approximately  $4.0  million,  $2.7  million,  and  $3.7  million,  respectively.  During  fiscal  2021,  the 
Company’s  accrued  interest  and  penalties  increased  by  $1.3  million.  The  timing  and  resolution  of  income  tax 
examinations  is  uncertain,  and  the  amounts  ultimately  paid,  if  any,  upon  resolution  of  issues  raised  by  the  taxing 
authorities may differ from the amounts accrued for each year. Although we do not expect that our balance of gross 
unrecognized tax benefits will change materially in the next 12 months, given the uncertainty in the development of 
ongoing income tax examinations, we are unable to estimate the full range of possible adjustments to this balance. 

The  Company  is  routinely  subject  to  various  federal,  state  and  foreign  audits  by  taxing  authorities.  The 
Company  believes  that  adequate  amounts  have  been  provided  for  any  adjustments  that  may  result  from  these 
examinations.

92

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

The following table summarizes the Company’s major tax jurisdictions and the tax years that remain subject to 

examination by such jurisdictions as of July 3, 2021:

Tax Jurisdictions

United States*

Canada

China

France

Germany

Korea

United Kingdom

Tax Years

2002 and onward

2020 and onward

2016 and onward

2018 and onward

2016 and onward

2016 and onward

2019 and onward

*Although  the  Company  is  generally  subject  to  a  three-year  statute  of  limitations  in  the  U.S.,  tax  authorities 

maintain the ability to adjust tax attribute carryforwards generated in earlier years.

Note 15. Stockholders' Equity 

Repurchase of Common Stock

In September 2019, the Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program of up to $200 million of the 
Company’s common stock through open market or private transactions before September 30, 2021. As of July 3, 
2021, the Company had approximately $112.9 million remaining under the program. On August 18, 2021, the Board 
of Directors approved to extend the program until September 30, 2022.

The following table summarizes share repurchase activity related to the Company’s stock repurchase program 

(in millions, except per share amounts):

Total number of shares repurchased

Average price per share

Total purchase price
Remaining authorization at end of period

Years Ended

July 3, 2021

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

3.0 

14.21  $ 

42.6  $ 
112.9  $ 

3.7 

11.99  $ 

44.4  $ 
155.6  $ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

1.1 

10.14 

11.3 
51.4 

The  total  purchase  price  of  these  repurchases  was  reflected  as  a  decrease  to  common  stock  based  on  the 
stated  par  value  per  share  with  the  remainder  charged  to  accumulated  deficit.  All  common  shares  repurchased 
during fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019 have been canceled and retired.

Preferred Stock

The  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  has  authority  to  issue  up  to  1,000,000  shares  of  undesignated  preferred 
stock and to determine the powers, preferences and rights and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions granted 
to  or  imposed  upon  any  wholly  unissued  shares  of  undesignated  preferred  stock  and  to  fix  the  number  of  shares 
constituting any series and the designation of such series, without the consent of the Company’s stockholders. The 
preferred stock could be issued with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to those of the holders of 
common  stock.  Subsequent  issuance  of  any  preferred  stock  by  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors,  under  some 
circumstances, could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control.

93

 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Note 16. Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-Based Benefit Plans

Stock Option Plans

On  November  13,  2019,  the  Company's  stockholders  approved  the  amendment  and  restatement  of  the 
Company’s  Amended  and  Restated  2003  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (the  2003  Plan,  as  most  recently  amended  and 
restated,  the Amended  and  Restated  2003  Plan). An  additional  10.5  million  shares  were  authorized  under  the  re-
approved  2003  plan  effective  as  of  November  13,  2019.  The Amended  and  Restated  2003  Plan  provides  for  the 
granting  of  stock  options,  stock  appreciation  rights  (SARs),  dividend  equivalent  rights,  restricted  stocks,  restricted 
stock  units,  performance  units  and  performance  shares,  the  vesting  of  which  may  be  time-based  or  upon 
satisfaction of performance criteria or other conditions. 

As  of  July  3,  2021,  the  Company  had  7.5  million  shares  subject  to  (i)  stock  options  and  Full  Value Awards 
(defined below) issued and outstanding under the Amended and Restated 2003 Plan, (ii) inducement grants made 
in connection with the appointment of new CEO in fiscal 2016 and (iii) stock options and Full Value Awards issued 
and outstanding under various other plans the Company assumed through acquisitions. The exercise price for stock 
options is equal to the fair value of the underlying stock at the date of grant. The Company issues new shares of 
common  stock  upon  exercise  of  stock  options.  Options  generally  become  exercisable  over  a  three-  or  four-year 
period and, if not exercised, expire from five to ten years after the date of grant.

As of July 3, 2021, 13.8 million shares of common stock, primarily under Amended and Restated 2003 Plan, 

were available for grant.

Employee Stock Purchase Plans

In June 1998, the Company adopted the ESPP, which became effective August 1, 1998 and provides eligible 
employees with the opportunity to acquire an ownership interest in the Company through periodic payroll deductions 
and  provides  a  discounted  purchase  price  as  well  as  a  look-back  period.  The  ESPP  is  structured  as  a  qualified 
employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. The ESPP will terminate 
upon the earlier of November 15, 2027 or the date on which all shares available for issuance have been sold. As of 
July 3, 2021, 2.3 million shares remained available for issuance. The ESPP as adopted provided for a 5% discount 
with a look-back period of six months. In May 2019, the ESPP was amended to provide for a 15% discount.

Full Value Awards

The  Company's  stock-based  compensation  includes  a  combination  of  time-based  RSUs  and  performance 
based MSUs and PSUs. RSUs are granted without an exercise price and are converted to shares immediately upon 
vesting.  When  converted  into  shares  upon  vesting,  shares  equivalent  in  value  to  the  minimum  withholding  taxes 
liability on the vested shares are withheld by the Company for the payment of such taxes. For performance-based 
awards, shares attained over target upon vesting are reflected as awards granted during the period. 

Time-based RSU awards will generally vest in annual or quarterly installments over a period of three to four 
years subject to the employees’ continuing service to the Company. The Company's performance-based MSU and 
PSU  awards  may  include  performance  conditions,  market  conditions,  time-based  service  conditions  or  a 
combination  thereof  and  are  generally  expected  to  vest  over  one  to  four  years.  In  addition,  the  actual  number  of 
shares  awarded  upon  vesting  of  performance-based  grants  may  vary  from  the  target  shares  depending  upon  the 
achievement of the relevant performance or market-based conditions. 

94

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Stock-Based Compensation

The  impact  on  the  Company’s  results  of  operations  of  recording  stock-based  compensation  expense  by 

function for fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019 was as follows (in millions):

Cost of revenue

Research and development

Selling, general and administrative

Total stock-based compensation expense

July 3, 2021

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

Years Ended

$ 

$ 

4.8  $ 

4.3  $ 

8.9 

34.6 

7.7 

32.6 

48.3  $ 

44.6  $ 

3.8 

6.1 

28.3 

38.2 

Approximately $1.5 million of stock-based compensation expense was capitalized to inventory at July 3, 2021.

Stock Option Activity

The following is a summary of stock option activities (in millions, except per share amounts):

Balance as of June 30, 2018

Exercised

Balance as of June 29, 2019

Exercised

Balance as of June 27, 2020

Exercised

Balance as of July 03, 2021

Expected to vest

Options Outstanding

Number of Shares

Weighted-Average 
Exercise Price

1.3  $ 

(0.1)   

1.2 

— 

1.2 

— 

1.2  $ 

1.2  $ 

6.42 

10.54 

5.95 

— 

5.95 

— 

5.95 

5.95 

As of July 3, 2021, stock-based compensation expense related to stock options have been fully amortized and 

recognized. 

The following table summarizes outstanding and exercisable options as of July 3, 2021.

Options Outstanding

Options Exercisable

Exercise Price

$5.95

Number of 
Shares

 1,180,257 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term
(years)

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 
(millions)

Number of 
Shares

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term 
(years)

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 
(millions)

2.62 $ 

5.95  $ 

13.6 

 1,180,257 

2.62 $ 

5.95  $ 

13.6 

The  aggregate  intrinsic  value  in  the  table  above  represents  the  total  pre-tax  intrinsic  value,  based  on  the 
Company’s closing stock price of $17.47 as of July 3, 2021, which would have been received by the option holders 
had all option holders exercised their options as of that date. The total number of in-the-money options exercisable 
as of July 3, 2021 was 1.2 million.

95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan Activity

The  expense  related  to  the  ESPP  is  recorded  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  relevant  subscription  period. 
During fiscal 2021, the Company issued shares of 261,683 and 296,121 on January 31, 2021 and July 31, 2020, 
respectively,  as  part  of  the  ESPP.  As  of  July  3,  2021,  there  was  $0.2  million  of  unrecognized  stock-based 
compensation cost related to the ESPP that remains to be amortized. The cost will be recognized in the first quarter 
of fiscal 2022.

Full Value Awards Activity

A  summary  of  the  status  of  the  Company’s  non-vested  Full  Value Awards  as  of  July  3,  2021  and  changes 

during the same period is presented below (amount in millions, except per share amounts):

Non-vested at June 30, 2018

Awards granted

Awards vested

Awards forfeited

Non-vested June 29, 2019

Awards granted

Awards vested

Awards forfeited

Non-vested June 27, 2020

Awards granted

Awards vested

Awards forfeited

Non-vested July 3, 2021

Full Value Awards

Performance 
Shares (1)

Non-Performance 
Shares

Total Number of 
Shares

Weighted-average 
Grant-dated Fair 
Value

1.1 

0.5 

(0.6)   

— 

1.0 

0.7 

(0.7)   

— 

1.0 

1.3 

(0.6)   

(0.2)   

1.5 

5.3 

3.9 

(3.2)   

(0.3)   

5.7 

3.2 

(3.4)   

(0.4)   

5.1 

3.3 

(3.1)   

(0.5)   

4.8 

6.4  $ 

4.4  $ 

(3.8)  $ 

(0.3)  $ 

6.7  $ 

3.9  $ 

(4.1)  $ 

(0.4)  $ 

6.1  $ 

4.6  $ 

(3.7)  $ 

(0.7)  $ 

6.3  $ 

8.93 

11.52 

8.61 

9.63 

10.81 

13.76 

10.40 

11.44 

12.97 

14.15 

12.58 

13.83 

13.98 

(1) Performance Shares refer to the Company’s MSU and PSU awards, where the actual number of shares awarded upon vesting may be 
higher  or  lower  than  the  target  amount  depending  on  the  achievement  of  the  relevant  market  conditions  and  performance  goal 
achievement. The majority of MSUs vest in equal annual installments over three to four years based on the attainment of certain total 
shareholder performance measures and the employee’s continued service through the vest date. The aggregate grant-date fair value 
of MSUs granted during fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019 was estimated to be $15.6 million, $7.7 million and $6.2 million, respectively, and 
was calculated using a Monte Carlo simulation. The fair value of PSU awards granted in fiscal 2021 was $2.0 million. The Company did 
not grant any PSU awards in fiscal 2020 and 2019. PSU awards vest based on the attainment of certain performance measures and 
the employee’s continued service through the vest date.

As of July 3, 2021, $63.7 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation cost related to Full Value Awards 
remains to be amortized. That cost is expected to be recognized over an estimated amortization period of 2.0 years.

96

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Valuation Assumptions

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

The Company generally estimates the fair value of time-based RSU awards based on the closing market price 
of  the  Company’s  common  stock  on  the  date  of  grant.  In  the  case  of,  PSUs  that  are  performance-based  awards 
without  a  market  condition,  the  Company  will  estimate  the  fair  value  of  the  awards  using  a  probability  weighted 
model.  In  the  case  of  MSUs  or  PSUs,  that  are  performance  based  awards  and  include  a  market  condition,  the 
Company will estimate the fair value of the award using a combination of the closing market price of the Company’s 
common stock on the grant date and the Monte Carlo simulation model. The weighted-average assumptions used 
to measure fair value were as follows:

Volatility of common stock

Average volatility of peer companies

Average correlation coefficient of peer companies
Risk-free interest rate

Years Ended

July 3, 2021

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

 38.5 %

 65.7 %

0.3653 

 0.3 %

 30.4 %

 52.5 %

0.1842 

 1.5 %

 28.9 %

 31.0 %

0.1383 

 2.6 %

The Company did not issue stock option grants during the fiscal years ended July 3, 2021, June 27, 2020 and 
June 29, 2019.  The Company estimates the fair value ESPP purchase rights using a BSM valuation model. The fair 
value is estimated on the date of grant using the BSM option valuation model with the following weighted-average 
assumptions:

Expected term (in years)

Expected volatility

Risk-free interest rate

Employee Stock Purchase Plans

July 3, 2021

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

0.5

 44.9 %

 0.1 %

0.5

 27.6 %

 1.8 %

0.5

 33.2 %

 2.3 %

Expected Term: The Company's expected term for stock options was calculated utilizing the simplified method 
in accordance with the authoritative guidance. The Company used the simplified method as the Company does not 
have sufficient historical share option exercise data due to the limited number of shares granted as well as changes 
in  the  Company's  business  following  the  separation  from  Lumentum,  rendering  existing  historical  experience  less 
reliable in formulating expectations for current grants. The Company’s purchase right period is six months under the 
ESPP.

Expected  Volatility:  The  expected  volatility  for  stock  options  was  based  on  the  historical  volatility  of  the 
Company's  common  stock  and  its  peers.  The  expected  volatility  for  ESPP  purchase  rights  was  based  on  the 
historical volatility of its stock price with similar expected term. 

Risk-Free Interest Rate: The Company bases the risk-free interest rate used in the BSM valuation method on 

the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent remaining term.

Expected  Dividend:  The  BSM  valuation  model  calls  for  a  single  expected  dividend  yield  as  an  input.  The 

Company has not paid and does not anticipate paying any dividends in the near future.

Note 17. Employee Pension and Other Benefit Plans 

Employee 401(k) Plans

The  Company  sponsors  the  Viavi  Solutions  401(k)  Plan  (the  401(k)  Plan),  a  defined  contribution  plan  under 
ERISA,  which  provides  retirement  benefits  for  its  eligible  employees  through  tax  deferred  salary  deductions.  The 
401(k)  Plan  allows  employees  to  contribute  up  to  50%  of  their  annual  compensation,  with  contributions  limited  to 
$19,500 in calendar year 2021 as set by the Internal Revenue Service.

97

 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

For  all  eligible  employees,  the  Company  offers  a  401(k)  Plan  that  provides  a  100%  match  of  employees’ 
contributions  up  to  the  first  3%  of  annual  compensation  and  50%  match  on  the  next  2%  of  compensation.  All 
matching contributions are made in cash and vest immediately. The Company’s matching contributions to the 401(k) 
Plan were $4.7 million, $4.9 million and $4.9 million in fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Employee Defined Benefit Plans

The  Company  sponsors  significant  qualified  and  non-qualified  pension  plans  for  certain  past  and  present 
employees  in  the  U.K.  and  Germany  including  the  plan  assumed  from  AW  acquisition.  The  Company  also  is 
responsible for the non-pension postretirement benefit obligation assumed from a past acquisition. 

Most  of  the  plans  have  been  closed  to  new  participants  and  no  additional  service  costs  are  being  accrued, 
except  for  certain  plans  in  Germany  assumed  in  connection  with  an  acquisition  during  fiscal  2010.  Benefits  are 
generally based upon years of service and compensation or stated amounts for each year of service. As of July 3, 
2021,  the  U.K.  plan  was  partially  funded  while  the  other  plans  were  unfunded.  The  Company’s  policy  for  funded 
plans  is  to  make  contributions  equal  to  or  greater  than  the  requirements  prescribed  by  law  or  regulation.  For 
unfunded plans, the Company pays the postretirement benefits when due. Future estimated benefit payments are 
summarized  under  the  Future  Benefit  Payments’  section  below.  No  other  required  contributions  are  expected  in 
fiscal 2022, but the Company, at its discretion, can make contributions to one or more of the defined benefit plans.

The  Company  accounts  for  its  obligations  under  these  pension  plans  in  accordance  with  the  authoritative 
guidance which requires the Company to record its obligation to the participants, as well as the corresponding net 
periodic cost. The Company determines its obligation to the participants and its net periodic cost principally using 
actuarial  valuations  provided  by  third-party  actuaries.  The  obligation  the  Company  records  on  its  Consolidated 
Balance Sheets is reflective of the total PBO and the fair value of plan assets.

The following table presents the components of the net periodic benefit cost for the pension and benefits plans 

(in millions):

Service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Recognized net actuarial losses
Net periodic cost

July 3, 2021

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

Years Ended

$ 

$ 

0.2  $ 
1.5 
(1.7)   
3.1 
3.1  $ 

0.3  $ 
1.9 
(1.5)   
2.8 
3.5  $ 

0.2 
2.5 
(1.6) 
1.8 
2.9 

98

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

The  Company’s  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  includes  unrealized  net  actuarial  (gains)/losses. 
The amount expected to be recognized in net periodic benefit cost during fiscal 2022 is $3.1 million. Refer to “Note 
18. Commitments and Contingencies” for further information on the provision for legal proceeding. The changes in 
the benefit obligations and plan assets of the pension and benefits plans were (in millions):

Change in benefit obligation

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

Service cost

Interest cost

Actuarial (gains) losses 

Benefits paid

Foreign exchange impact
Benefit obligation at end of year

Change in plan assets

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

Actual return on plan assets

Employer contributions

Benefits paid

Foreign exchange impact

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

Funded status

Accumulated benefit obligation

Amount recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at end of year:

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Net amount recognized at end of year

Amount recognized in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income at 
end of year:

Actuarial losses, net of tax

Net amount recognized at end of year

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other 
comprehensive (loss) income:

Net actuarial gain (loss)

Amortization of accumulated net actuarial losses

Total recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)

Pension Benefit Plans

July 3, 2021

June 27, 2020

$ 

138.9  $ 

140.0 

0.2 

1.5 

(4.8)   

(6.1)   

10.8 

140.5  $ 

29.0  $ 

2.9 

6.9 

(6.0)   

3.4 

36.2 

0.3 

1.9 

4.6 

(5.1) 

(2.8) 
138.9 

29.9 

0.2 

4.8 

(5.0) 

(0.9) 

29.0 

(104.3)   

140.5  $ 

(109.9) 

138.6 

Pension Benefit Plans

July 3, 2021

June 27, 2020

7.9  $ 

96.4 

104.3  $ 

7.6 

102.3 

109.9 

(24.0)  $ 

(24.0)  $ 

(31.2) 

(31.2) 

4.1  $ 

3.1 

7.2  $ 

(5.4) 

2.8 

(2.6) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

As  of  July  3,  2021  and  June  27,  2020,  the  liability  balances  related  to  the  post  retirement  benefit  plan  were 
$0.4 million. The liability balances were included in other non-current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

During  fiscal  2021,  the  Company  (amounts  represented  as  £  and  $  denote  GBP  and  USD,  respectively) 
contributed £1.5 million or approximately $2.0 million, while in fiscal 2020, the Company contributed £0.5 million or 
approximately  $0.6  million  to  its  U.K.  pension  plan.  These  contributions  allowed  the  Company  to  comply  with 
regulatory funding requirements.

99

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Assumptions

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Underlying both the calculation of the PBO and net periodic cost are actuarial valuations. These valuations use 
participant-specific  information  such  as  salary,  age,  years  of  service,  and  assumptions  about  interest  rates, 
compensation increases and other factors. At a minimum, the Company evaluates these assumptions annually and 
makes changes as necessary.

The  discount  rate  reflects  the  estimated  rate  at  which  the  pension  benefits  could  be  effectively  settled.  In 
developing  the  discount  rate,  the  Company  considered  the  yield  available  on  an  appropriate AA  corporate  bond 
index,  adjusted  to  reflect  the  term  of  the  scheme’s  liabilities  as  well  as  a  yield  curve  model  developed  by  the 
Company’s actuaries.

The expected return on assets was estimated by using the weighted average of the real expected long-term 
return  (net  of  inflation)  on  the  relevant  classes  of  assets  based  on  the  target  asset  mix  and  adding  the  chosen 
inflation assumption.

The  following  table  summarizes  the  weighted  average  assumptions  used  to  determine  net  periodic  cost  and 

benefit obligation for the Company’s U.K. and German pension plans:

Used to determine net period cost at end of year:

Discount rate

Expected long-term return on plan assets

Rate of pension increase

Used to determine benefit obligation at end of year:

Discount rate

Rate of pension increase

Investment Policies and Strategies

Pension Benefit Plans

July 3, 2021

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

 1.2 %

 5.4 %

 2.2 %

 1.2 %

 2.3 %

 1.1 %

 5.6 %

 2.3 %

 1.0 %

 2.2 %

 1.4 %

 5.6 %

 2.3 %

 1.4 %

 2.3 %

The Company’s investment objectives for its funded pension plan are to ensure that there are sufficient assets 
available  to  pay  out  members’  benefits  as  and  when  they  arise  and  that,  should  the  plan  be  discontinued  at  any 
point in time, there would be sufficient assets to meet the discontinuance liabilities.

To achieve these objectives, the trustees of the U.K. pension plan are responsible for regularly monitoring the 
funding position and managing the risk by investing in assets expected to outperform the increase in value of the 
liabilities  in  the  long  term  and  by  investing  in  a  diversified  portfolio  of  assets  in  order  to  minimize  volatility  in  the 
funding position. The trustees invest in a range of frequently traded funds (pooled funds) rather than direct holdings 
in  individual  securities  to  maintain  liquidity,  achieve  diversification  and  reduce  the  potential  for  risk  concentration. 
The funded plan assets are managed by professional third-party investment managers.

100

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Fair Value Measurement of Plan Assets

The following table sets forth the plan assets at fair value and the percentage of assets allocations as of July 3, 

2021 (in millions, except percentage data):

Assets:

Global equity

Fixed income

Other

Cash
Total assets

Target 
Allocation

Total

Percentage 
of Plan 
Assets

Level 1

Level 2

Fair value as of

July 3, 2021

 40 % $ 

 40 %  

 20 %  

$ 

14.0 

12.8 

7.9 

1.5 
36.2 

 38.7 % $ 

—  $ 

 35.4 %  

 21.8 %  

 4.1 %  
 100.0 % $ 

— 

— 

1.5 
1.5  $ 

14.0 

12.8 

7.9 

— 
34.7 

The following table sets forth the plan’s assets at fair value and the percentage of assets allocations as of June 

27, 2020 (in millions, except percentage data).

Assets:

Global equity

Fixed income

Other

Cash

Total assets

Target 
Allocation

Total

Percentage 
of Plan 
Assets

Level 1

Level 2

Fair value as of

June 27, 2020

 40 % $ 

 40 %  

 20 %  

11.6 

10.9 

6.4 

0.1 

 40.0 % $ 

—  $ 

 37.6 %  

 22.1 %  

 0.3 %  

— 

— 

0.1 

11.6 

10.9 

6.4 

— 

$ 

29.0 

 100.0 % $ 

0.1  $ 

28.9 

The Company’s pension assets consist of multiple institutional funds (pension funds) of which the fair values 
are based on the quoted prices of the underlying funds. Pension funds are classified as Level 2 assets since such 
funds are not directly traded in active markets.

Global equity consists of several index funds that invest primarily in U.K. equities and other overseas equities.

Fixed  income  consists  of  several  funds  that  invest  primarily  in  index-linked  Gilts  (over  5  year),  sterling-

denominated investment grade corporate bonds, and overseas government bonds.

Other consists of several funds that primarily invest in global equities, bonds, private equity, global real estate 

and infrastructure funds.

101

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Future Benefit Payments

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

The  following  table  reflects  the  total  expected  benefit  payments  to  defined  benefit  pension  plan  participants. 
These payments have been estimated based on the same assumptions used to measure the Company’s PBO at 
fiscal year end and include benefits attributable to estimated future compensation increases (in millions).

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

2027-2030

Thereafter
Total

Pension Benefit 
Plans

$ 

$ 

9.2 

7.1 

6.7 

6.3 

6.3 

28.1 

40.6 
104.3 

Note 18. Commitments and Contingencies 

Royalty payments

The  Company  is  obligated  to  make  future  minimum  royalty  payments  of  $2.8  million  measured  as  of  July  3, 
2021 for the use of certain licensed technologies. Future minimum payments are expected to be paid through the 
third quarter of fiscal 2026, as follows (in millions):

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

Total

Purchase Obligations

Royalty Payments

$ 

$ 

1.3 

0.4 

0.4 

0.4 

0.3 

2.8 

Purchase obligations of $187.6 million as of July 3, 2021, represent legally-binding commitments to purchase 
inventory  and  other  commitments  made  in  the  normal  course  of  business  to  meet  operational  requirements. 
Although open purchase orders are considered enforceable and legally binding, the terms generally allow the option 
to cancel, reschedule and adjust the requirements based on the Company’s business needs prior to the delivery of 
goods  or  performance  of  services.  Obligations  to  purchase  inventory  and  other  commitments  are  generally 
expected to be fulfilled within one year.

The Company depends on a limited number of contract manufacturers, subcontractors, and suppliers for raw 
materials, packages and standard components. The  Company generally purchases these single or limited source 
products  through  standard  purchase  orders  or  one-year  supply  agreements  and  has  no  significant  long-term 
guaranteed supply agreements with such vendors. While the Company seeks to maintain a sufficient safety stock of 
such products and maintains on-going communications with its suppliers to guard against interruptions or cessation 
of supply, the Company’s business and results of operations could be adversely affected by a stoppage or delay of 
supply, substitution of more expensive or less reliable products, receipt of defective parts or contaminated materials, 
increases  in  the  price  of  such  supplies,  or  the  Company’s  inability  to  obtain  reduced  pricing  from  its  suppliers  in 
response to competitive pressures.

102

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Financing Obligations

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

On August 21, 2007, the Company entered into a sale and lease-back of certain buildings and land in Santa 
Rosa,  California  (the  Santa  Rosa  Transactions),  under  which  we  leased  back  certain  buildings.  The  net  cash 
proceeds  received  from  the  transaction  were  $32.2  million.  The  lease  terms  range  from  a  one-year  lease  with 
multiple renewal options to a ten-year lease with two five-year renewal options. These buildings did not qualify for 
sale  and  lease  back  accounting  due  to  various  forms  of  continuing  involvement  and  as  a  result,  they  were 
accounted for as financing transactions.

In August  2012  and  May  2019,  the  Company  entered  into  two  lease  amendments  to  extend  the  term  of  the 
lease to August 31, 2032 with a ten-year renewal option. In the first quarter of fiscal 2020, the Company reassessed 
whether  a  sale  would  have  occurred  on  the  date  of  adoption  of ASC  842  and  at  which  time,  concluded  that  the 
buildings  did  not  qualify  for  sale  and  lease  back  accounting  in  accordance  with ASC  842. As  a  result,  they  were 
continuously accounted for as financing transactions.

As of July 3, 2021, $0.1 million was included in Other current liabilities, and $16.1 million was included in Other 
non-current liabilities. As of June 27, 2020, $0.1 million was included in Other current liabilities, and $16.2 million 
was included in Other non-current liabilities.

As  of  July  3,  2021,  future  minimum  annual  lease  payments  of  Santa  Rosa’s  non-cancelable  leaseback 

agreements were as follows (in millions):

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

Thereafter

Total minimum leaseback payments

Guarantees

$ 

$ 

2.9 

2.4 

2.4 

2.4 

2.5 

16.2 

28.8 

Authoritative guidance requires upon issuance of a guarantee the guarantor must recognize a liability for the 
fair value of the obligation that it assumes under the guarantee. In addition, disclosures about the guarantees that 
an entity has issued, including a tabular reconciliation of the changes of the entity’s product warranty liabilities, are 
required.

The Company from time to time enters into certain types of contracts that contingently require the Company to 
indemnify  parties  against  third-party  claims.  These  contracts  primarily  relate  to:  (i)  divestiture  agreements,  under 
which the Company may provide customary indemnifications to purchasers of the Company’s businesses or assets; 
(ii)  certain  real  estate  leases,  under  which  the  Company  may  be  required  to  indemnify  property  owners  for 
environmental and other liabilities, and other claims arising from the Company’s use of the applicable premises; and 
(iii) certain agreements with the Company’s officers, directors and employees, under which the Company may be 
required to indemnify such persons for liabilities arising out of their employment relationship.

The  terms  of  such  obligations  vary.  Generally,  a  maximum  obligation  is  not  explicitly  stated.  Because  the 
obligated amounts of these types of agreements often are not explicitly stated, the overall maximum amount of the 
obligations cannot be reasonably estimated. Historically, the Company has not been obligated to make significant 
payments  for  these  obligations,  and  no  liabilities  have  been  recorded  for  these  obligations  on  the  Consolidated 
Balance Sheets as of July 3, 2021 and June 27, 2020.

Pursuant  to  the  Separation  and  Distribution  Agreement  and  Tax  Matter  Agreement,  dated  as  of  July  31, 
2015  between  the  Company  and  Lumentum  Holdings  Inc.  (Lumentum),  the  Company  is  required  to  indemnify 
Lumentum  and  its  subsidiaries  for  certain  specified  tax  liabilities.  During  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2019,  the 
Ontario Ministry of Finance denied the Company’s appeal of an assessment of the applicable tax liabilities at which 
time the Company recorded a charge of $2.4 million to its discontinued operations.

103

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Outstanding Letters of Credit and Performance Bonds

As  of  July  3,  2021,  the  Company  had  standby  letters  of  credit  of  $7.8  million,  and  and  other  claims  of  $2.8 

million collateralized by restricted cash.

Product Warranties

The  Company  provides  reserves  for  the  estimated  costs  of  product  warranties  at  the  time  revenue  is 
recognized. In general, the Company offers its customers warranties up to three years and has accrued a reserve 
for the estimated costs of product warranties at the time revenue is recognized. It estimates the costs of its warranty 
obligations  based  on  its  historical  experience  of  known  product  failure  rates,  use  of  materials  to  repair  or  replace 
defective products and service delivery costs incurred in correcting product failures. In addition, from time to time, 
specific  warranty  accruals  may  be  made  if  unforeseen  technical  problems  arise.  The  Company  periodically 
assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liabilities and adjusts the amounts as necessary.

The  following  table  presents  the  changes  in  the  Company’s  warranty  reserve  during  fiscal  years  2021  and 

2020 (in millions):

Balance as of beginning of period

Provision for warranty

Utilization of reserve

Adjustments related to pre-existing warranties (including changes in estimates)

Balance as of end of period

Legal Proceedings

Year Ended

July 3, 2021

June 27, 2020

$ 

$ 

9.4  $ 

3.0 

(2.5)   

(0.2)   

9.7  $ 

8.7 

3.1 

(3.4) 

1.0 

9.4 

In  June  2016,  the  Company  received  a  court  decision  regarding  the  validity  of  an  amendment  to  a  pension 
deed of trust related to one of its foreign subsidiaries which the Company contends contained an error requiring the 
Company  to  increase  the  pension  plan’s  benefit.  The  Company  had  subsequently  further  amended  the  deed  to 
rectify  the  error.  The  court  ruled  that  the  amendment  increasing  the  pension  plan  benefit  was  valid  until  the 
subsequent  amendment.  The  Company  estimated  the  liability  to  range  from  (amounts  represented  as  £  denote 
GBP) £5.7 million to £8.4 million. The Company determined that the likelihood of loss to be probable and accrued 
£5.7 million as of July 2, 2016 in accordance with authoritative guidance on contingencies. The accrual is included 
as a component of other non-current liabilities, in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, respectively. 

The  Company  pursued  an  appeal  of  the  court  decision.  In  March  2018,  the  appellate  court  affirmed  the 
decision of the lower court. The Company is pursuing a deed of rectification claim and continues to pursue a claim 
against the U.K. law firm responsible for the error. As of July 3, 2021, the related accrued pension liability was £7.0 
million or $9.6 million.

The Company is subject to a variety of claims and suits that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of its 
business.  While  management  currently  believes  that  resolving  claims  against  the  Company,  individually  or  in 
aggregate,  will  not  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  its  financial  position,  results  of  operations  or  statement  of 
cash  flows,  these  matters  are  subject  to  inherent  uncertainties  and  management’s  view  of  these  matters  may 
change in the future. Were an unfavorable final outcome to occur, there exists the possibility of a material adverse 
impact  on  the  Company’s  financial  position,  results  of  operations  or  cash  flows  for  the  period  in  which  the  effect 
becomes reasonably estimable.

Note 19. Operating Segments and Geographic Information 

The  Company  evaluates  its  reportable  segments  in  accordance  with  the  authoritative  guidance  on  segment 
reporting. The  Company’s  Chief  Executive  Officer,  the  Company’s  Chief  Operating  Decision  Maker  (CODM)  uses 
operating segment financial information to evaluate segment performance and to allocate resources.

104

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

The Company’s reportable segments are:

(i) Network Enablement:

NE  provides  testing  solutions  that  access  the  network  to  perform  build-out  and  maintenance  tasks.  These 
solutions  include  instruments,  software  and  services  to  design,  build,  activate,  certify,  troubleshoot  and  optimize 
networks. The Company also offers a range of product support and professional services such as repair, calibration, 
software  support  and  technical  assistance  for  its  products.  NE’s  avionics  products  provide  test  and  measuring 
solutions for aviation, aerospace, government, defense, communications and public safety. 

(ii) Service Enablement:

SE  solutions  are  embedded  systems  that  yield  network,  service  and  application  performance  data.  These 
solutions—including  instruments,  microprobes  and  software—monitor,  collect  and  analyze  network  data  to  reveal 
the actual customer experience and to identify opportunities for new revenue streams and network optimization.

(iii) Optical Security and Performance Products:

OSP  provides  innovative,  precision,  high  performance  optical  products  for  anti-counterfeiting,  consumer  and 

industrial, government, automotive, industrial and other markets. 

Segment Reporting

The  CODM  manages  the  Company  in  two  broad  business  categories:  NSE  and  OSP. The  CODM  evaluates 
segment  performance  of  the  NSE  business  based  on  the  combined  segment  gross  and  operating  margins. 
Operating expenses associated with the NSE business are not allocated to the individual segments within NSE, as 
they  are  managed  centrally  at  the  business  unit  level.  The  CODM  evaluates  segment  performance  of  the  OSP 
business  based  on  segment  operating  margin.  The  Company  allocates  corporate-level  operating  expenses  to  its 
segment results, except for certain non-core operating and non-operating activities as discussed below.

The  Company  does  not  allocate  stock-based  compensation,  acquisition-related  charges,  amortization  of 
intangibles,  restructuring  and  related  charges,  impairment  of  goodwill,  non-operating  income  and  expenses, 
changes  in  fair  value  of  contingent  consideration  liabilities,  or  other  charges  unrelated  to  core  operating 
performance  to  its  segments  because  management  does  not  include  this  information  in  its  measurement  of  the 
performance of the operating segments. These items are presented as “Other Items” in the table below. Additionally, 
the Company does not specifically identify and allocate all assets by operating segment.

105

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Information on the Company’s reportable segments is as follows (in millions):

Product revenue

Service revenue

Net revenue

Gross profit

Gross margin

Operating income

Operating margin

Product revenue

Service revenue

Net revenue

Gross profit

Gross margin

Operating income 

Operating margin

Product revenue

Service revenue

Net revenue

Gross profit

Gross margin

Operating income 

Operating margin

Year Ended July 3, 2021

Network and Service Enablement

Network 
Enablement

Service 
Enablement

Network and 
Service 
Enablement

Optical Security 
and 
Performance 
Products

Other Items

Consolidated 
GAAP 
Measures

$ 

$ 

650.5 

$ 

96.1 

746.6 

$ 

40.6 

50.7 

91.3 

$ 

$ 

691.1 

146.8 

837.9 

$ 

$ 

360.3 

$ 

—  $ 

1,051.4 

0.7 

— 

147.5 

361.0 

$ 

—  $ 

1,198.9 

474.2 

 63.5 %

59.9 

 65.6 %

534.1 

 63.7 %

92.2 

 11.0 %

218.1 

 60.4 %

161.3 

 44.7 %

(37.8)   

714.4 

 59.6 %

(111.3)   

142.2 

 11.9 %

Year Ended June 27, 2020

Network and Service Enablement

Network 
Enablement

Service 
Enablement

Network and 
Service 
Enablement

Optical Security 
and 
Performance 
Products

Other Items 

Consolidated 
GAAP 
Measures

$ 

$ 

669.1 

$ 

77.6 

$ 

49.9 

52.8 

746.7 

$ 

102.7 

$ 

719.0 

130.4 

849.4 

$ 

$ 

286.2 

$ 

—  $ 

1,005.2 

0.7 

— 

131.1 

286.9 

$ 

—  $ 

1,136.3 

482.4 

 64.6 %

68.8 

 67.0 %

551.2 

 64.9 %

108.8 

 12.8 %

153.0 

 53.3 %

102.1 

 35.6 %

(38.9)   

665.3 

 58.5 %

(92.8)   

118.1 

 10.4 %

Year Ended June 29, 2019

Network and Service Enablement

Network 
Enablement

Service 
Enablement

Network and 
Service 
Enablement

Optical Security 
and 
Performance 
Products

Other Items

Consolidated 
GAAP 
Measures

$ 

$ 

666.2 

$ 

71.6 

$ 

49.7 

53.7 

737.8 

$ 

103.4 

$ 

715.9 

125.3 

841.2 

$ 

$ 

288.3 

$ 

—  $ 

1,004.2 

0.8 

— 

126.1 

289.1 

$ 

—  $ 

1,130.3 

473.3 

 64.2 %

71.0 

 68.7 %

544.3 

 64.7 %

99.6 

 11.8 %

145.8 

 50.4 %

98.0 

 33.9 %

(38.7)   

651.4 

 57.6 %

(130.2)   

67.4 

 6.0 %

106

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

July 3, 2021

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

Years Ended

Corporate reconciling items impacting gross profit:

Total segment gross profit

Stock-based compensation

Amortization of intangibles
Other charges unrelated to core operating performance 

GAAP gross profit

Corporate reconciling items impacting operating income:

Total segment operating income

Stock-based compensation

$ 

$ 

$ 

Amortization of intangibles
Change in fair value of contingent liability (3)
Other charges unrelated to core operating performance (1)(2)
Restructuring and related charges

GAAP operating income from continuing operations

$ 

752.2  $ 
(4.8)   
(33.2)   
0.2 
714.4  $ 

253.5  $ 
(48.3)   
(66.5)   
5.3 
(3.4)   
1.6 
142.2  $ 

704.2  $ 
(4.3) 
(32.7) 
(1.9) 
665.3  $ 

210.9  $ 
(44.6) 
(67.8) 
31.5 
(8.4) 
(3.5) 
118.1  $ 

690.1 
(3.8) 
(34.4) 
(0.5) 
651.4 

197.6 
(38.2) 
(72.5) 
5.9 
(10.0) 
(15.4) 
67.4 

(1) During the years ended June 27, 2020, other charges unrelated to core operating performance primarily consisted of $1.4 million in 

acquisition related costs.

(2) During the years ended June 29, 2019, other charges unrelated to core operating performance primarily consisted of a $5.0 million in 

acquisition related costs.

(3) Refer to “Note 8. Fair Value Measurements” for further detail.

The Company operates primarily in three geographic regions: Americas, Asia-Pacific, and Europe, Middle East 
and Africa (EMEA). Net revenue is assigned to the geographic region and country where the Company’s product is 
initially shipped. For example, certain customers may request shipment of product to a contract manufacturer in one 
country, which may differ from the location of their end customers. The following table presents net revenue by the 
three  geographic  regions  the  Company  operates  in  and  net  revenue  from  countries  that  exceeded  10%  of  the 
Company’s total net revenue (in millions):

July 3, 2021

Years Ended

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

Product 
Revenue

Service 
Revenue

Total

Product 
Revenue

Service 
Revenue

Total

Product 
Revenue

Service 
Revenue

Total

Americas:

United States

Other Americas

$  275.8  $  54.2  $  330.0  $  288.3  $  53.3  $  341.6  $  287.1  $  55.0  $  342.1 

72.7 

12.9 

85.6 

57.8 

15.4 

73.2 

69.4 

14.8 

84.2 

Total Americas

$  348.5  $  67.1  $  415.6  $  346.1  $  68.7  $  414.8  $  356.5  $  69.8  $  426.3 

Asia-Pacific:

Greater China

$  265.8  $  11.2  $  277.0  $  238.2  $ 

7.5  $  245.7  $  209.4  $ 

7.2  $  216.6 

Other Asia

  118.5 

15.0 

  133.5 

  108.0 

14.5 

  122.5 

  142.3 

13.3 

  155.6 

Total Asia-Pacific

$  384.3  $  26.2  $  410.5  $  346.2  $  22.0  $  368.2  $  351.7  $  20.5  $  372.2 

EMEA:

Switzerland

Other EMEA

$  76.2  $ 

0.4  $  76.6  $  64.5  $ 

0.1  $  64.6  $  97.0  $ 

—  $  97.0 

  242.4 

53.8 

  296.2 

  248.4 

40.3 

  288.7 

  199.0 

35.8 

  234.8 

Total EMEA

$  318.6  $  54.2  $  372.8  $  312.9  $  40.4  $  353.3  $  296.0  $  35.8  $  331.8 

Total net revenue

$ 1,051.4  $  147.5  $ 1,198.9  $ 1,005.2  $  131.1  $ 1,136.3  $ 1,004.2  $  126.1  $ 1,130.3 

107

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

SICPA Holding SA Company (SICPA), served by the Company’s OSP segment, generated more than 10% of 

VIAVI net revenue from continuing operations during fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019 as summarized below (in millions):

SICPA - OSP customer

Years Ended

July 3, 2021

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

$ 

193.9  $ 

139.9  $ 

161.1 

Property,  plant  and  equipment,  net  was  identified  based  on  the  operations  in  the  corresponding  geographic 

areas (in millions):

United States

Other Americas
China

Other Asia-Pacific

United Kingdom

Other EMEA

Years Ended

July 3, 2021

June 27, 2020

$ 

109.4  $ 

2.0 
45.4 

5.4 

27.3 

6.5 

85.0 

1.6 
43.8 

5.8 

30.1 

6.2 

Total property, plant and equipment, net

$ 

196.0  $ 

172.5 

108

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Note 20. Selected Quarterly Financial Information (unaudited)

The  following  table  presents  the  Company’s  selected  quarterly  financial  information  from  the  Consolidated 

Statements of Operations for fiscal 2021 and 2020 (in millions, except per share data):

July 3, 
2021

April 3, 
2021

January 
2, 2021

October 
3, 2020

June 27, 
2020

March 28, 
2020

December 
28, 2019

September 
28, 2019

Net revenue

Gross profit

Net (loss) income

$  310.9  $  303.4  $  299.9  $  284.7  $  266.6  $  256.2  $  313.7  $  299.8 

  182.9 

  182.0 

  180.1 

  169.4 

  154.6 

  146.8 

  189.5 

174.4 

$ 

(1.9)  $  11.8  $  21.9  $  14.3  $  26.7  $  (32.8)  $  28.0  $ 

6.8 

Net (loss) income per share - basic:

Net/ (loss) income (1)

$  (0.01)  $  0.05  $  0.10  $  0.06  $  0.12  $  (0.14)  $  0.12  $ 

0.03 

Net (loss) income per share - diluted:

Net (loss) income (1)

$  (0.01)  $  0.05  $  0.09  $  0.06  $  0.12  $  (0.14)  $  0.12  $ 

0.03 

Shares used in per-share calculation:

  Basic

  Diluted

  228.4 

  228.7 

  228.8 

  228.8 

  228.1 

  230.0 

  230.0 

  228.4 

  240.2 

  231.1 

  231.8 

  230.3 

  230.0 

  238.3 

229.4 

236.4 

(1) Net (loss) income per share is computed independently for each of the fiscal quarters presented. Therefore, the sum of the quarterly basic 
and diluted Net (loss) income per share amounts may not equal the annual basic and diluted Net (loss) income per share amount for the full 
fiscal years.

ITEM 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE 

None.

ITEM 9A.   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

(a)   EVALUATION OF DISCLOSURE CONTROL AND PROCEDURES

The  SEC  defines  the  term  “disclosure  controls  and  procedures”  to  mean  a  company’s  controls  and  other 
procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that it files or submits 
under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported, within the time periods specified in the 
SEC’s  rules  and  forms.  “Disclosure  controls  and  procedures”  include,  without  limitation,  controls  and  procedures 
designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by an issuer in the reports that it files or submits under 
the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is accumulated and communicated to the issuer’s management, including 
its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow 
timely  decisions  regarding  required  disclosure.  Our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  are  designed  to  provide 
reasonable  assurance  that  such  information  is  accumulated  and  communicated  to  our  management.  Our 
management  (with  the  participation  of  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  (CEO)  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  (CFO))  has 
conducted  an  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in  Rules 
13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act). Based on such evaluation, our CEO and our CFO have 
concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level as of the 
end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  report.  Based  on  such  evaluation,  our  CEO  and  CFO  have  concluded  that  our 
disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of July 3, 2021.

109

 
 
 
Table of Contents

(b)   MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Our  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  (as  defined  in  Rule  13a-15(f)  and  15d-15(f)  under  the  Exchange  Act).  Our  management,  including  our 
CEO and CFO, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on 
the  framework  in  the  Internal  Control-Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on its evaluation under the framework in the Internal 
Control-Integrated Framework (2013), our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting 
was effective as of July 3, 2021.

The  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  July  3,  2021  has  been 
audited by our independent registered public accounting firm PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, as stated in their report 
which  appears  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  under  Item  8  “Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary 
Information.”

(c)   CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

There  were  no  changes  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  as  defined  in  Exchange  Act 
Rule  13a-15(f),  during  the  quarter  ended  July  3,  2021,  that  have  materially  affected,  or  are  reasonably  likely  to 
materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

(d)   LIMITATIONS ON EFFECTIVENESS OF CONTROLS

Our management, including our CEO and CFO, does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or 
our  internal  controls  will  prevent  all  errors  and  all  fraud.  A  control  system,  no  matter  how  well  conceived  and 
operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. 
Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of 
controls  must  be  considered  relative  to  their  costs.  Because  of  the  inherent  limitations  in  all  control  systems,  no 
evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within our 
company have been detected. Accordingly, our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal controls provide 
reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives.

ITEM 9B.   OTHER INFORMATION 

In September 2019, the Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program of up to $200 million of the 
Company’s common stock through open market or private transactions before September 30, 2021. As of July 3, 
2021, the Company had approximately $112.9 million remaining under the program. On August 18, 2021, the Board 
of Directors approved to extend the program until September 30, 2022.

ITEM 9C.   DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

Not applicable. 

PART III

ITEM 10.   DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

Information  regarding  the  Company’s  directors  required  by  this  Item  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  the 
sections entitled “Proposal One—Elections of Directors”  and “Corporate Governance” in the Company’s Definitive 
Proxy Statement in connection with the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the Proxy Statement), which will be 
filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  within  120  days  of  the  fiscal  year  ended  July  3,  2021. 
Information required by Item 405 of Regulation S-K is incorporated by reference to the section entitled “Beneficial 
Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Proxy Statement.

Information  regarding  the  Company’s  executive  officers  and  Audit  Committee  of  the  Company’s  Board  of 
Directors  required  by  this  Item  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  the  section  entitled  “Corporate  Governance”  in  the 
Proxy Statement.

110

Table of Contents

With  regard  to  the  information  required  by  this  item  regarding  the  compliance  with  Section  16(a)  of  the 
Exchange Act,  we  will  provide  disclosure  of  delinquent  Section  16(a)  reports,  if  any,  in  our  Proxy  Statement,  and 
such disclosure, if any, is incorporated herein by reference.

The Company has adopted the “VIAVI Code of Business Conduct” as its code of ethics, which is applicable to 
all  employees,  officers  and  directors  of  the  Company.  The  full  text  of  the  VIAVI  Code  of  Business  Conduct  is 
available under Corporate Governance Information which can be found under the Investors tab on the Company’s 
website at www.viavisolutions.com.

We  intend  to  satisfy  the  disclosure  requirement  under  Item  5.05  of  Form  8-K  regarding  amendment  to,  or 
waiver  from,  a  provision  of  our  Code  of  Business  Conduct  by  posting  such  information  on  our  investor  relations 
website  under  the  heading  “Governance-Governance  Documents”  at  http://investor.viavisolutions.com/corporate-
governance/default.aspx.

111

Table of Contents

ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information  required  by  this  item  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  the  sections  entitled  “Executive 
Compensation,”  “Corporate  Governance  -  Director  Compensation,”  “Corporate  Governance  -  Compensation 
Program  Risk  Assessment,” 
Insider 
Participation,” and “Compensation Committee Report” in the Proxy Statement.

“Corporate  Governance—Compensation  Committee 

Interlocks  and 

ITEM 12.    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

Information  regarding  security  ownership  of  certain  beneficial  owners  and  management  is  incorporated  by 
reference to the section entitled “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in the Proxy 
Statement.

Information  regarding  the  Company’s  stockholder  approved  and  non-approved  equity  compensation  plans  is 

incorporated by reference to the section entitled “Equity Compensation Plans” in the Proxy Statement.

ITEM 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

Information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the sections entitled “Corporate Governance - 
Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions,” and “Corporate Governance - Director Independence” in 
the Proxy Statement. 

ITEM 14.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES 

Information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the section entitled “Audit and Non-Audit Fees” 

in the Proxy Statement.

112

Table of Contents

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) The following items are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

(1) Financial Statements:

PART IV

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Statements of Operations — Years Ended July 3, 2021, June 27, 2020 and June 29, 2019 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income — Years Ended July 3, 2021, June 27, 2020 
and June 29, 2019

Consolidated Balance Sheets — July 3, 2021 and June 27, 2020

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — Years Ended July 3, 2021, June 27, 2020 and June 29, 2019
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity — Years Ended July 3, 2021, June 27, 2020 and June 29, 
2019

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Page
51

54

55

56

57

58

59

(2) Financial Statement Schedules: All financial statement schedules have been omitted because the 
required information is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, not 
applicable, or because the required information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or 
Notes thereto.

(3) Exhibits:

See Item 15(b)

(b)  Exhibits: 

The  following  exhibits  are  filed  herewith  or  are  incorporated  by  reference  to  exhibits  previously  filed  with  the 

Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit No.

Exhibit Description

Form

Exhibit

Filing Date

Herewith Not Filed

Incorporated by Reference

Filed

Furnishe
d

2.1

3.1

3.2

4.1

Separation and Distribution Agreement by and 
between JDS Uniphase Corporation, Lumentum 
Holdings Inc. and Lumentum Operations LLC
Fourth Restated Certificate of Incorporation
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Viavi Solutions 
Inc.
Indenture, dated as of March 3, 2017 between Viavi 
Solutions Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National 
Association as Trustee

8-K

8-K

10-Q

2.3

3.1

3.1

8/5/2015

11/20/2018

2/7/2018

8-K

4.1

3/6/2017

4.2

Form of 1.00% Senior Convertible Notes due 2024

8-K

4.2 
(Incl. 
in 4.1)

3/6/2017

Indenture, dated as of May 29, 2018 between Viavi 
Solutions Inc. and US Bank National Association as 
Trustee

8-K

4.1

5/29/2018

Form of 1.75% Senior Convertible Notes due 2023

8-K

4.3

4.4

4.5

10.1+

10.2+

10.3+

Description of Securities
Employment Agreement between Oleg Khaykin and 
Viavi Solutions Inc. effective as of February 3, 2016
Employment Agreement between Henk Derksen 
and Viavi Solutions Inc., effective as of March 15, 
2021
Consulting Agreement by and between Viavi 
Solutions Inc. and Amar Maletira, dated as of 
October 28, 2020

113

4.2 
(Incl. 
in 4.1)
4.6

5/29/2018

8/24/2020

10-K

8-K

10.1

2/2/2016

8-K

10.1

5/7/2021

8-K

10.1

2/9/2021

 
 
 
10-K

8-K
10-Q

10-Q

10.3

10.9
10.1

10.1

8/27/2019

4/20/2015
2/6/2020

2/6/2019

8-K

10.1

8/5/2015

8-K

10.1

6/22/2020

S-8

99.1

2/11/2016

8-K

10.2

6/22/2020

8-K

10.1

10/19/2015

8-K

10.1

5/6/2020

3

Table of Contents

10.4+

10.5+
10.6+

10.7+

10.8

10.9+

10.10+

10.11+

10.12+

10.13

21.1

23.1

24.1

31.1

31.2

32.1

32.2

101.SCH

101.CAL

101.DEF

101.LAB

101.PRE

104

Amended and Restated 1998 Employee Stock 
Purchase Plan
Form of Indemnification Agreement
Restated 2003 Equity Incentive Plan
2003 Equity Incentive Plan Form of Performance 
Unit Award Agreement (for the U.S.)
Tax Matters Agreement by and between JDS 
Uniphase Corporation and Lumentum Holdings Inc.
Viavi Solutions Inc., Change of Control Benefits 
Plan, (Amended and Restated effective June 16, 
2020)
Form of Option Grant Notice and Option 
Agreement, by and between the Registrant and 
Oleg Khaykin

2003 Equity Incentive Plan Form of Restricted 
Stock Unit Award Agreement 
Viavi Solutions Inc. Executive Severance and 
Retention Plan
Credit Agreement, dated May 5, 2020 by Viavi 
Solutions Inc., the lenders party thereto and Wells 
Fargo N.A. as administrative agent
Subsidiaries of Viavi Solutions Inc.
Consent of Independent Registered Public 
Accounting Firm (PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP)
Power of Attorney (included on the signature page 
to the Report)
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant 
to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 
15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of 
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant 
to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 
15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of 
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant 
to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant 
to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema 
Document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation 
Linkbase Document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition 
Linkbase Document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase 
Document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation 
Linkbase Document
The cover page from the Company’s Annual Report 
on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 3, 2021, 
formatted in Inline XBRL.

+Indicates management contract or compensation plan, contract or arrangement

114

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

ITEM 16.    10-K SUMMARY

None.

115

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has 

duly caused this report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

  Date: August 23, 2021

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

By: /s/ HENK DERKSEN

Name: HENK DERKSEN

Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer

(Duly Authorized Officer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

KNOW  ALL  PERSONS  BY  THESE  PRESENTS,  that  each  person  whose  signature  appears  below  hereby 
constitutes and appoints Oleg Khaykin and Henk Derksen, and each of them individually, as his or her attorney-in-
fact, each with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments to 
this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same with, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection 
therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-
fact, or his or her substitute, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has 

been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates 
indicated. 

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ OLEG KHAYKIN

Oleg Khaykin

/s/ HENK DERKSEN
Henk Derksen

President and Chief Executive Officer 

August 23, 2021

(Principal Executive Officer)

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Duly Authorized Officer and Principal Financial and 
Accounting Officer)

/s/ RICHARD BELLUZZO

Chairman

Richard Belluzzo

/s/ KEITH BARNES

Keith Barnes

/s/ TOR BRAHAM

Tor Braham

Director

Director

/s/ TIMOTHY E. CAMPOS

Director

Timothy E. Campos

/s/ DONALD COLVIN

Director

Donald Colvin

/s/ MASOOD JABBAR

Director

Masood Jabbar

/s/ LAURA BLACK

Laura Black

Director

/s/ GLENDA DORCHAK

Director

Glenda Dorchak

116

August 23, 2021

August 23, 2021

August 23, 2021

August 23, 2021

August 23, 2021

August 23, 2021

August 23, 2021

August 23, 2021

August 23, 2021